Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher...

283
Social Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION DOCUMENTS of study programm 0

Transcript of Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher...

Page 1: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Social Technologies Institution of Higher Education

Study programm

“Business Economics and Administrative Work”

ACCREDITATION DOCUMENTS

of study programm

0

Page 2: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Riga, 1998

1

Page 3: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Contens

pageProgramme for Students of Economics. Main Aims. Strategy. Implementation 2Study programme “Business Economics and Administrative Work” description 4

1 Organization and Contents of studies 202 Studies and Evaluation 273 Studies Organization and Management 284 Research Work of Academic and Students Staff 305 Quality Control and Guarantees 316 Comparison of the Syllabus of Economic Studies of STA with Syllabi of the

European Community32

7 Comparison of the curriculum of economic studies of the Social Technologies Institution of Higher Education with the national curricula of the Republic of Latvia

34

8 Resume 37

Appendices1 Plan for Development of the Syllabus 39

1.1. General Provisions 391.2. Description of the Trade 391.3. Conditions of Enrolment 411.4. Prospects of the Trade 421.5. Organization of the Process of Studies 421.6. Personal 431.7. Prospects of development of the Material Technical Base 441.8. Finance 441.9. Prospects for Graduates in Manpower Market 45

2 Information on Methodical and Material Technical Assurance of the Syllabus 462.1. Material technical Assurance of the Syllabus of STA 462.2. Methodic Assurance of the Syllabus of STA 49

3 Information of the Syllabus Management 503.1. The Syllabus Commission 503.2. Students` Self-Governments 50

4 Information on Qualification and Competence of the Teaching Staff 515 Scientific Research Work 536 Information on Final Examinations 547 Information on Graduates 558 Students` Practical Work 55

8.1. Regulations of Practical Work 558.2. Program of Practical Work 57

9. Social Activities and International Cooperation of STA 58MODULES CONTENT

2

Page 4: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Obligatory subjects 60-118Obligatory special subjects 119-169Subjects of Restricted Option 170-189Curriculum Vitae 190-236

3

Page 5: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Programme for Students of Economics

1. Main Aims

To produce graduates trained in applied economics and with the appropriate skills and knowledge for further specialization, in accordance with the needs of the Republic of Latvia

To produce graduates with skills and knowledge meeting the requirements of SMEs (Small and Medium Enterprises) in the private sector, able to work independently and to have creative input into restructuring processes

To offer learning opportunities in the basic principles of credit, finance and accountancy, with a view to further

specialization mathematical modeling as a practical analytical tool social and psychological aspects of relations in the workplace

To produce competent and versatile personnel through integrated professional and practical training in elements of the social, human and “hard” sciences

To meet the needs of the internal market and the demands of the consumer within the Republic of Latvia, and to facilitate the integration of resident non-citizens into the social, economic and political life of the Republic of Latvia, assimilating their culture and traditions

To enrich the cultural and personal experience of undergraduates to produce rounded and informed graduates able to contribute to civil life in the Republic of Latvia

2. Strategy

To integrate practical, theoretical and scientific study into the programme design, including the research activities of staff and students, and to make suitable organizational and technical provision to ensure carefully focused, methodologically-informed instruction

To offer learning opportunities in scientific approaches to economic processes Data-gathering, storage and treatment using Information Technology quantitative and qualitative modeling and concomitant analytical skills for

forecasting To equip students to forge effective working relations with executive colleagues, and to

apply focused skepticism and independent thought To reinforce classroom experience with practical work experience and problem-solving in

a variety of concrete social and economic situations To ensure state-of-the-art curricula, staff development, scientific research, administrative

practice, teaching material and facilities, on the basis of sound financial management, through continuous programme reappraisal

To aspire to long-term educational excellence by ensuring that all staff, academic and ancillary, and students are informed and settled

3. Implementation

Course design is based on strict accordance with the guidelines given in the legislation of the Republic of Latvia the decrees of the Ministry of Education of the Republic of Latvia

4

Page 6: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Faculty personnel are appointed after open competition, while visiting lecturers from both Latvia and abroad are invited on short-term contracts

Classroom learning is reinforced by practical experience, which is continuously open to review. The Faculty maintains constant communication with the Faculty of Modern Languages of the University of Latvia and with similar faculties abroad (England, USA, Germany)

teaching material and facilities are subject to continuous upgrading: library, sound and video library, Information Technology provision

Instruction in the Official Language of the Republic of Latvia is provided, in order to enhance employment prospects for graduates in State institutions

Strategic planning and implementation strategies are continuously open to review The teaching needs of staff are met by appropriate library provision The Faculty maintains facilities to ensure the efficient distribution of teaching materials,

including photocopying facilities and policies in accordance with the law Ancillary staff shall be appropriately qualified Teaching methods and academic research shall be determined solely at the professional

discretion of teaching staff, Relaxation faculties shall be provided for staff and students The Department of Modern Languages pursues a policy of staff development

5

Page 7: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Curriculum “Business Economics and Administrative Work”Specialization: Business Economics

Humanities and Social Subjects

Natural science and technical subjects

Major subjects Obligatory special subjects Specialization of restricted

option

1. Semester 1 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Methods of Acquiring Learning Skills

Principles of Philosophy

Higher Mathematics Principles of Computer Technologies I

Microeconomics I Analysis of Economy of Latvia

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

History of Latvian Culture

Principles of Politology

Principles of Law

Theory of Probabilities and Mathematical Statistics

Principles of Computer Technologies II

Microeconomics II

Business Systems

2.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Business Management Economic Statistics Marketing I Macroeconomics I Business Economics

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Accounting in Business Principles of Finance Marketing II Macroeconomics II Quantitative Methods in Business

3. Semester 1 16 Weeks

Management Accounting

Organization of Production and Services

Principles of Europe Integration

International Economy

International Trade Law

Introduction into Sociology

Motivation and Social Aspects of Business Activities

Civil Defense

Business Economics

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Technologies of Management Decisions

Financial Accounting Market Research and Projection

Economics of Environment

History of Economic Ideas

Logistics of Business Activities

Optional Subjects

4.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Collection and Processing of Business Information

Business Skills in Registration

Communications in Business Law of the European Community

Economics of Innovations

Optional Subjects

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Social Security and Insurance

Business Analysis and Strategy

Principles of Advertising Labor Protection Planning of Business Activities

Investment Economy

Optional Subjects

6

Page 8: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

7

Page 9: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Curriculum “Business Economics and Administrative Work”

Specialization: Business Economics

Humanities and Social Subjects Natural science and technical subjects

Major subjects Obligatory special subjects Specialization of restricted

option

5.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Principles of Business Activities

Mathematical Modeling in Business

Quality Control Systems

Modern Problems of Business Activities

Economics of an Enterprise Optional Subjects Optional Subjects

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Qualification Practical Work Qualification Paper

Specialization of restricted option3, 4, 5

lev.Economics of Banking

Principles of Business Security

Small-Scale Business Management

International Market Study

Consumer Behavior

Manpower Market Control

Taxes and Duties

Operative Production Planning

Corporate Finance Management

8

Page 10: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Curriculum “Business Economics and Administrative Work”Specialization: Business Management

Humanities and Social Subjects

Natural science and technical subjects

Major subjects Obligatory special subjects Specialization of restricted

option

1. Semester 1 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Methods of Acquiring Learning Skills

Principles of Philosophy

Higher Mathematics Principles of Computer Technologies I

Microeconomics I Analysis of Economy of Latvia

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

History of Latvian Culture

Principles of Politology

Principles of Law

Theory of Probabilities and Mathematical Statistics

Principles of Computer Technologies II

Microeconomics II

Business Systems

2.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Business Management Economic Statistics Marketing I Macroeconomics I Business Economics

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Accounting in Business Principles of Finance Marketing II Macroeconomics II Quantitative Methods in Business

3. Semester 1 16 Weeks

Management Accounting

Organization of Production and Services

Principles of Europe Integration

International Economy

International Trade Law

Introduction into Sociology

Motivation and Social Aspects of Business Activities

Civil Defense

Business Management

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Technologies of Management Decisions

Financial Accounting Market Research and Projection

Economics of Environment

History of Economic Ideas

Corporate Finance Management

Optional Subjects

4.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Collection and Processing of Business Information

Business Skills in Registration

Communications in Business Law of the European Community

Personnel Management Optional Subjects

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Social Security and Insurance

Business Analysis and Strategy

Principles of Advertising Labor Protection Small-Scale Business

Investment Management

Optional Subjects

9

Page 11: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Management

10

Page 12: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Curriculum “Business Economics and Administrative Work”

Specialization: Business Management

Humanities and Social Subjects Natural science and technical subjects

Major subjects Obligatory special subjects Specialization of restricted

option

5.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Principles of Business Activities

Mathematical Modeling in Business

Quality Control Systems

Modern Problems of Business Activities

Management Information Systems

Optional Subjects Optional Subjects

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Qualification Practical Work Qualification Paper

Specialization of restricted option3, 4, 5

lev.Economics of Banking

Principles of Business Security

Ethics of Management

Economics of Innovations

Mathematics of Finance

Logistics of Business Activities

Taxes and Duties

Presentation Skills

Principles of Auditing

11

Page 13: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Curriculum “Business Economics and Administrative Work”Specialization: Economics and Management of Services

Humanities and Social Subjects

Natural science and technical subjects

Major subjects Obligatory special subjects Specialization of restricted

option

1. Semester 1 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Methods of Acquiring Learning Skills

Principles of Philosophy

Higher Mathematics Principles of Computer Technologies I

Microeconomics I Analysis of Economy of Latvia

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

History of Latvian Culture

Principles of Politology

Principles of Law

Theory of Probabilities and Mathematical Statistics

Principles of Computer Technologies II

Microeconomics II

Business Systems

2.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Business Management Economic Statistics Marketing I Macroeconomics I Business Economics

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Latvian Language I

Foreign Language I

Accounting in Business Principles of Finance Marketing II Macroeconomics II Quantitative Methods in Business

3. Semester 1 16 Weeks

Management Accounting

Organization of Production and Services

Principles of Europe Integration

International Economy

International Trade Law

Introduction into Sociology

Motivation and Social Aspects of Business Activities

Civil Defense

Economics and Management of Services

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Technologies of Management Decisions

Financial Accounting Market Research and Projection

Economics of Environment

History of Economic Ideas

Logistics of Business Activities

Optional Subjects

4.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Collection and Processing of Business Information

Business Skills in Registration

Communications in Business Law of the European Community

Commodity Study Optional Subjects

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Social Security and Insurance

Business Analysis and Strategy

Principles of Advertising Labor Protection Small-Scale Business

Investment Management

Optional Subjects

12

Page 14: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Management

13

Page 15: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Curriculum “Business Economics and Administrative Work”

Specialization: Economics and Management of Services

Humanities and Social Subjects Natural science and technical subjects

Major subjects Obligatory special subjects Specialization of restricted

option

5.Semester 1 16 Weeks

Principles of Business Activities

Mathematical Modeling in Business

Quality Control Systems

Modern Problems of Business Activities

Economics of an Enterprise Optional Subjects Optional Subjects

Semester 2 16 Weeks

Qualification Practical Work Qualification Paper

Specialization of restricted option3, 4, 5

lev.Economics of Banking

Principles of Business Security

Principles of Retail Trade Organization

Investment Economy

Consumer Behavior

Manpower Market Control

Taxes and Duties

Planning of Business Activities

Corporate Finance Management

14

Page 16: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Profile: EconomicsSyllabus: Business Economics and Administrative WorkSpecialization: Business Economics

Business ManagementEconomics and Management of Services

Previous education: comprehensive secondary school, secondary specialized educational establishments of economic profilePurpose: to give knowledge and professional competence in business managementQualification: economistStudies length: 5 yearsStudies volume: 200 credit points (CP).Qualification work: 12 credit points (CP).

No Subjects The total studies

IYear

IIYear

III Year

IV Year

VYear

check up (E- examination, T- test, P- paper)

volume I Year II Year III Year IV Year V Year

CP h Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 241. Higher Mathematics 4 5 4/5 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … … … … …2. Principles of Computer

Technologies5 7 3/4 2/3 … … … … … … … … E P T … … … … … … … …

3. Analysis of Economy of Latvia

3 3 3/3 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … … … … … …

4. Microeconomics 4 4 2/2 2/2 … … … … … … … … T E … … … … … … … …5. Theory of Probabilities and

Mathematical Statistics4 4 … 4/4 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … … … …

6. Business Systems 2 3 … 2/3 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … … … …7. Macroeconomics 4 5 … … 2/3 2/2 … … … … … … … … E P T … … … … … …

8. Business Management 4 5 … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … PE … … … … … … …9. Economic Statistics 2 2 … … 2/2 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … … …

10. Marketing 6 6 … … 4/4 2/2 … … … … … … … … P T E … … … … … …

16

Page 17: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

No Subjects The total studies

IYear

IIYear

III Year

IV Year

VYear

check up (E- examination, T- test, P- paper)

volume I Year II Year III Year IV Year V Year

CP h Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

11. Business Economics 4 4 … … 4/4 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … … …12 Quantitative Methods in

Business4 4 … … … 4/4 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … …

13. Accounting in Business 4 5 … … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … …14. Principles of Finance 4 5 … … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … …15. International Economy 3 4 … … … … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … …16 International Trade Law 2 4 … … … … 2\4 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … …17. Organization of Production

and Services3 4 … … … … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … …

18. Management Accounting 5 5 … … … … 5\5 … … … … … … … … … P E … … … … …19. Motivation and Social

Aspects of Business Activities

2 2 … … … … 2\2 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … …

20. Principles of Europe Integration

2 2 … … … … 2\2 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … …

21. Civil Defense 1 1 … … … … 1\1 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … …22. Technologies of

Management Decisions3 4 … … … … … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … E … … … …

23. Market Research and Projection

4 5 … … … … … 4\5 … … … … … … … … … P T … … … …

24. Economics of Environment 2 2 … … … … … 2\2 … … … … … … … … … E … … … …25. History of Economic Ideas 2 2 … … … … … 2\2 … … … … … … … … … E … … … …26. Financial Accounting 3 4 … … … … … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … E … … … …27. Collection and Processing of

Business Information3 4 … … … … … … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … T

E… … …

28. Business Skills in Registration

3 4 … … … … … … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … E … … …

29. Communications in Business 3 4 … … … … … … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … T … … …30. Law of the European

Community2 3 … … … … … … 2\3 … … … … … … … … … T … … …

31. Labor Protection 2 2 … … … … … … … 2\2 … … … … … … … … … T … …

17

Page 18: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

No Subjects The total studies

IYear

IIYear

III Year

IV Year

VYear

check up (E- examination, T- test, P- paper)

volume I Year II Year III Year IV Year V Year

CP h Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

32. Business Analysis and Strategy

4 5 … … … … … … .. 4\5 … … … … … … … … … P T … …

33. Social Security and Insurance

3 4 … … … … … … .. 3\4 … … … … … … … … … E … …

34. Principles of Advertising 2 2 … … … … … … .. 2\2 … … … … … … … … … T … …35. Principles of Business

Activities3 4 … … … … … … .. … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … E …

36. Mathematical Modeling in Business

4 5 … … … … … … … … 4\5 … … … … … … … … … P E …

37. Quality Control Systems 2 3 … … … … … … .. … 2\3 … … … … … … … … … T …38. Modern Problems of

Business Activities2 2 … … … … … … .. … 2\2 … … … … … … … … … T …

Obligatory special subjectsI Business

Economics17 21 … … … … … 4/5 3/3 7/9 3/4 … … … … … … P

EE P

2E… …

1. Planning of Business Activities

4 5 … … … … … … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … P E … …

2. Logistics of Business Activities

4 5 … … … … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … P E … … … …

3. Investment Economy 3 4 … … … … … … … 3/4 … … … … … … … … … E … …4. Economics of Innovations 3 3 … … … … … … 3/3 … … … … … … … … … E … … …5. Economics of an Enterprise 3 4 … … … … … … … … 3/4 … … … … … … … … … E …

II Business Management

17 21 … … … … … 4/5 3/3 7/9 3/4 … … … … … … P E E P 2E

… …

1. Small-Scale Business Management

4 5 … … … … … … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … E … …

2. Personnel Management 3 3 … … … … … … 3/3 … … … … … … … … … E … … …3. Investment Management 3 4 … … … … … … … 3/4 … … … … … … … … … P E … …4. Corporate Finance

Management4 5 … … … … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … P E … … … …

5. Management Information Systems

3 4 … … … … … … … … 3/4 … … … … … … … … … E …

18

Page 19: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

No Subjects The total studies

I II III IV V check up (E- eksamination, T- test, P- paper)

volume Year Year Year Year Year I Year II Year III Year IV Year V YearCP h Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr Aut Spr

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24III Economics and Management

of Services17 21 … … … … … 4/5 3/3 7/9 3/4 … … … … … … P E E P

2E… …

1. Logistics of Business Activities 4 5 … … … … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … P E … … … …2. Small-Scale Business

Management4 5 … … … … … … … 4/5 … … … … … … … … … E … …

3. Investment Management 3 4 … … … … … … … 3/4 … … … … … … … … … P E … …4. Commodity Study 3 3 … … … … … … 3/3 … … … … … … … … … E … … …5. Economics of an Enterprise 3 4 … … … … … … … … 3\4 … … … … … … … … … E …

Subjects of Restricted Option

12 12 … … … … … 2/2 6/6 2/2 2/2 … … … … … … T 3T T T …

1. Principles of Auditing 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …2. Economics of Banking 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …3. Principles of Business Security 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …4. Manpower Market Control 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …5. Mathematics of Finance 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …6. Economics of Innovations 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …7. Investment Economy 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …8. Small-Scale Business

Management2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …

9. Principles of Retail Trade Organization

2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …

10. Taxes and Duties 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …11. Consumer Behavior 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …12. Presentation Skills 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …13. Operative Production Planning 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …14. International Market Study 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …15. Logistics of Business Activities 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …16. Planning of Business Activities 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …17. Corporate Finance Management 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …18. Ethics of Management 2 2 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …

19

Page 20: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

No Subjects The total studies

IYear

IIYear

III Year IV Year VYear

check up (E- examination, T- test, P- paper)

volume I Year II Year III Year IV Year V YearCP h Aut Spr Au

tSpr

Aut

Spr

Aut

Spr

Aut

Spr

Aut

Spr

Aut

Spr

Aut

Spr

Aut

Spr

Aut

Spr

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24Humanities and Social Subjects1. Methods of Acquiring

Learning Skills2 2 2/2 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … … … … … …

2. History of Latvian Culture 2 2 … 2/2 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … … … … …3. Principles of Philosophy 2 3 2/3 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … … … … …4. Principles of Politology 2 3 … 2/3 … … … … … … … … … E … … … … … … … …

5. Principles of Law 2 2 … 2/2 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … … … … …6. Introduction into Sociology 2 2 … … … 2/2 … … … … … … … … … T … … … … …

Languages 16 22 4/5 4/5 4/6 4/6 … … … … … … 2T 2T T E E T … … … … … …

1. Latvian Language 8 10 2/2 2/2 2/3 2/3 … … … … … … T P T T E … … … … … …2. Foreign Language (English) 8 12 2/3,

2/22/3, 2/2

2/3 2/3 … … … … … … T T E T … … … … … …

3. Foreign Language (German) 8 12 2/3, 2/2

2/3, 2/2

2/3 2/3 … … … … … … T T E T … … … … … …

4. Foreign Language (French) 8 12 2/3, 2/2

2/3, 2/2

2/3 2/3 … … … … … … T T E T … … … … … …

5. Foreign Language (Business Course)

Fak.

… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …

6. Latvian Language(Business Course)

Fak.

… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …

7. Physical Training Fak.

… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …

Optional Subjects 4 4 … … … … … … … … 4/4 … … … … … … … … … 2T …Qualification Practical Work

(16 weeks)8 5 … … … … … … … … … 8/5 … … … … … … … … … …

Qualification Paper 12 20 … … … … … … … … … 12/20

… … … … … … … … … …

TOTAL: 200 241 20/24

20/25

20/24

20/24

20/24

20/24

20/24

20/24

20/24

20/25

… … … … … … … … … …

EXAMINATIONS 34 3 4 5 5 3 5 3 3 3TESTS 35 5 5 2 2 4 2 5 4 6

STUDIES PAPER 11 - 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1QUALIFICATION PAPER 1 1

20

Page 21: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

CurriculumProfile: EconomicsCurriculum: Business Economics and Administrative WorkSpecialization: Business Economics

Business ManagementEconomics and Management of Services

Studies length: 5 yearsStudies volume: 200 credit points (CP).Previous education:

Comprehensive secondary school, secondary specialized educational establishments of economic profile

Beginning of studies - 1998/1999 ac. year

NR Subjects VOLUME (CP)

AMajor subjects 99

1. Higher Mathematics 42. Principles of Computer Technologies 53. Analysis of Economy of Latvia 34. Microeconomics 45. Theory of Probabilities and Mathematical Statistics 46. Macroeconomics 47. Economic Statistics 28. Business Management 49. Marketing 610. Business Economics 411. Quantitative Methods in Business 412 Accounting in Business 413. Principles of Finance 414. International Economy 315. Motivation and Social Aspects of Business Activities 216 Civil Defense 117. Economics of Environment 218. History of Economic Ideas 219. Collection and Processing of Business Information 320. Mathematical Modeling in Business 421. Labor Protection 222. Methods of Acquiring Learning Skills 223. History of Latvian Culture 224. Principles of Philosophy 225. Principles of Politology 226. Principles of Law 227. Introduction into Sociology 228. Latvian Language 829. Foreign Language 8

21

Page 22: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

NR Subjects VOLUME (CP)

B 65Curriculum and Specialization Subjects

481. Business Systems 22. International Trade Law 23. Organization of Production and Services 34. Management Accounting 55. Principles of Europe Integration 26. Technologies of Management Decisions 37. Market Research and Projection 48. Financial Accounting 39. Information Business Skills in Registration 310. Communications in Business 311. Law of the European Community 212. Business Analysis and Strategy 413. Social Security and Insurance 314. Principles of Advertising 215 Principles of Business Activities 316 Quality Control Systems 217. Modern Problems of Business Activities 2

Business Economics 171. Planning of Business Activities 42. Logistics of Business Activities 43. Investment Economy 34. Economics of Innovations 35. Economics of an Enterprise 3

Business Management1. Small-Scale Business Management 42. Personnel Management 33. Investment Management 34. Corporate Finance Management 45. Management Information Systems 3

Economics and Management of Services1. Logistics of Business Activities 42. Small-Scale Business Management 43. Investment Management 34. Commodity Study 35. Economics of an Enterprise 3

22

Page 23: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

NR Subjects VOLUME (CP)

C 16Optional Subjects 12

1. Principles of Auditing 22. Economics of Banking 23. Principles of Business Security 24. Manpower Market Control 25. Mathematics of Finance 26. Economics of Innovations 27. Investment Economy 28. Small-Scale Business Management 29. Principles of Retail Trade Organization 2

10. Taxes and Duties 211. Consumer Behavior 212. Presentation Skills 213. Operative Production Planning 214. International Market Study 215. Logistics of Business Activities 216. Planning of Business Activities 217. Corporate Finance Management 2

18. Ethics of Management 2Optional Subjects 4

A Practice 8Qualification Practical Work 8

A Graduation Testing 12Qualification Paper 12

TOTAL: 200

23

Page 24: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The following fifteen subjects are included in the list of the final examination as most important and are entered in the economist’s diploma.

No Subjects CP1. Microeconomics 42. Macroeconomics 43. Business Economics 44. Accounting in Business 45. Business Management 46. Marketing 67. Market Research and Projection 48. Management Accounting 59. Business Analysis and Strategy 4

10. Financial Accounting 311. Principles of Business Activities 312. Mathematical Modelling in Business 4

Business Economics1. Planning of Business Activities 42. Logistics of Business Activities 43. Investment Economy 3

Business Management1. Small-Scale Business Management 42. Corporate Finance Management 43. Management Information Systems 3

Economics and Management of Services1. Logistics of Business Activities 42. Small-Scale Business Management 43. Economics of an Enterprise 3

Students make their qualification paper to be qualified as a professional economist according to requirements of Article 58 of the Law of Higher Educational Establishments of the Republic of Latvia.

24

Page 25: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1. ORGANIZATION AND CONTENTS OF STUDIES

An overal programme “Business economics and management” aimed to provide professional skills of economics is developped in three brands: “Buisiness economics”, “Business management”, “Service economics and management”, specialization to be started on the third year. Total duration of the studies is 5 years. Students to success in programme studies can be awarded a professional degree of “economist”, in conformity with the Instruction N 74, dated February, 18 1997, by the Chamber of Ministers of the Latvian Republic.

The programme “Business economics and management”, totally amounting 200 creditpoints (CP), includes a standard bachelor’s degree course of 70 CP. For comparative analysis see table 1. The share of the bachelor’s degree course in the whole porgramme is 35%, respective subjects being lectured on the 1, 2 and 3rd years.

Organization of studies:1. The part A is taken as obligatory studies for all students and in

all programmes. This part is formed by standard economics course (70 CR), as well as courses composed by blocks of natural sciences, technics, humanities and social sciences subjects (23 CP), qualification drill (8 CP), qualification work (12 CP), all part making 58,5% of the whole programme.

2. Parting from the chosen business studies brand, students are to fulfill the requirements of the B part of the porgramme, in amount of 65 CP, or 32,5% of the whole programme.

3. The part C of the programme provides students with any professional courses to be chosen from an optional subjects block in accordance to their particular interests: 16 CP, or 9%.

STUDIES COMPOSITION: THREE SUBJECTS BLOCKS

1. Professional subjects block2. Natural sciences and technical subjects block.3. Humanities and social sciences subjects block.

PROFESSIONAL SUBJECTS BLOCK

The programme has a goal to prepare professional economists for small and medium rang business areas. The peculiarity of an economist’s job in small and medium business areas, which are characterized by a small administrative staff, consists in necessity to hold, in addition to the main job, some other functions, such as accounting, statistics and commercial work. Aiming to form professional skills, the major attention is given to the following items:

25

Page 26: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1) Ability to gather and process data2) Methods of preparing and taking decisions3) Practical skills and knowledges4) Skills and knowledges in purchase, sales and services

26

Page 27: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

table 1STANDARDIZED COURSES (SUBJECTS) OF THE SYLLABUS FOR BACHELORS OF

ECONOMICS AND THEIR MINIMUM VOLUMESTANDARDIZED COURSES (SUBJECTS) OF THE SYLLABUS OF THE STA AND THEIR MINIMUM VOLUME IN CREDIT POINTS

NR SUBJECTS CP NR SUBJECTS CP

I I1.1. Mathematics. Mathematics for Economists 8 1.1. Higher Mathematics. Theory of Probabilities and

Mathematical Statistics8

1.2. Statistics (Quantitative Methods in Business). Introduction in to econometrics

4-8 1.2. Quantitative Methods in Business 4

1.3. Principles of Computer Technologies (Economical Information)

4-6 1.3. Principles of Computer Technologies 5

1.4. Foreign Language (for Economists) 4 1.4. Foreign Language 41.5. Principles of Philosophy 2 1.5. Principles of Philosophy 21.6. History of Economic Ideas 2 1.6. History of Economic Ideas 21.7. Civil Defense 1 1.7. Civil Defense 11.8. Principles of Law 2 1.8. Principles of Law 21.9. Principles of Politology 2 1.9. Principles of Politology 2II II

2.1. Microeconomics 4 2.1. Microeconomics 42.2. Macroeconomics 4 2.2. Macroeconomics 42.3. Marketing 4 2.3. Marketing 62.4. Principles of Finance 4 2.4. Principles of Finance 42.5. Principles of Accounting 3-4 2.5. Accounting in Business 42.6. International Economy 3-4 2.6. International Economy 32.7. Business Economics 4 2.7. Business Economics 42.8. Economic Statistics 2 2.8. Economic Statistics 22.9. Analysis of Economy of Latvia 2 2.9. Analysis of Economy of Latvia 3

2.10.

Theory of Management 2 2.10. Business Management 4

2.11.

Economics of Environment 2 2.11. Economics of Environment 2

Total: 63-71CP 70CP

28

Page 28: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The realization of these directions being impossibles without a solid basis of theoretical knowledges of economics, the programme includes such subjects as: “Business systems”(2 CP), “Microeconomics” (4 CP), “Macroeconomics” (4 CP), “Economical statistics” (2 CP).

The students are to gather 12 creditpoints (CP) as a required amount.

BASIC SUBJECTS OF MANAGEMENT

Business management (4 CP); Business motivation and social aspects (2 CP); Business communications (3 CP); Quality management systems (2 CP); Small business management (4 CP); Information systems for management (3 CP); Management of personnel (3 CP); Management ethics (2 CP) or Art of presentation (2 CP) or Investments management (3 CP) or Labour market management (2 CP).

The required amount of credit points for students to gather is 15 CP*.

BASIC SUBJECTS OF FINANCE

Finance fundamentals (4 CP); Business economics (4 CP); Enviromental economics (2 CP); Production and service organization (3 CP); Business planning (4 CP); Business logistics (4 CP); Economics of investments (3 CP); Economics of innovation (3 CP); Actual business problems (2 CP); Economics of a company (3 CP); Social care and social insurance (3 CP); Optional subjects (4 CP); Operative planning of production (2 CP) or Banking economy (2 CP) or Taxes and duties (2 CP) or Finance maths (2 CP) or Fundamentals of auditing and revision (2 CP).

The required amount of credit points for students to gather is 39 CP*.

ANALYTIC ACCOUNTING SUBJECTS:

Business accounting at a company (4 CP); Financial accounting (3 CP); Administrative accounting (5 CP); Managing decisions technology (3 CP); Business skills in accounting (3 CP); Analysis of the Latvian economy (3 CP); Business analysis and strategy (4 CP).

The required amount of credit points for students to gather is 25 CP.

COMMERCIAL SUBJECTS

International economics (3 CP); Fundamentals of commercial work (3 CP); Marketing (6 CP); Market research and forecast (4 CP);

29

Page 29: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Commodity research (3 CP); Advertising fundamentals (2 CP) or Consumer’s behaviour (2 CP) or International marketing (2 CP) or Fundamentals of retail sales organization (2 CP).

The required amount of credit points for students to gather is 24 CP*.

_______________________________________*average number of CP; varies according to specialization chosen

30

Page 30: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

JURISPRUDENCE

Fundamentals of law (2 CP); Basic principles for integration in Europe (2 CP); European Society Law (2 CP); International trade law (2 CP) or Fundamentals of business security (2 CP).

The required amount of credit points for students to gather is 8 CP.

Qualification paper and qualification work – 20 CP.

NATURAL SCIENCES AND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS. Goals:

1. To give to economics students a notion of maths, which is essential for theoretical and practical goals in economy.

2. To provide students with the basic knowledges of theory of probability, mathematical statistics.

3. To give to students essential knowledges of linear and non linear programming.

4. To give practical skills in PC use in the future professional work in order to fulfill specific tasks and problems. Fundamental skills of work on PC, its’ further development and mastering.

NATURAL SCIENCES AND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS BLOCK

Higher maths (4 CP); Theory of probability and mathematical statistics (4 CP); Computer technology basis (5 CP); Business data gathering and processing (3 CP); Quantitative methods in economics (4 CP); Mathematical business models (4 CP); Work safety (2 CP); Civil security (1 CP).

The required amount of credit points for students to gather is 27 CP.

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES BLOCKThe subjects of this block are aimed to give students basic

knowledges to make them able to master several foreign languages, to provide them with learning methods and skills, as well as to fill in and handle documents.

The course “Basis of political science” includes lecturing on political philosophies; legal relations between functions of social systems institutes and structures; aspects of international relations in the context of a democratic society structuring in Latvia.

“Law Theory” course encloses studies of law principles and categories, as well as modern scientific view on legal aspects.

The course “Introduction to sociology” reveals major volte-faces of the subject’s history, it’s general directions, legal aspects of the creation

31

Page 31: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

and evolution of sociology as a basic social science, major methods and instruments of social-psycologic researches.

Linguistic subjects of this block of studies are programmed for those students who already possess certain knowledges of Latvian and foreign language. The goal of the course is to raise language mastering level of the students in order to make them able to follow studies in Latvian or a foreign language.

The goal: to enrich Latvian and foreign language knowledge and skills in different communicative ways. The students are to be able to:

To discuss everyday life aspects, social and political questions or business topics;

To compose dialogues and monologues; To translate into Russian from Latvian or foreign language,

either using a dictionary or not; To develop listening skills, to be able to understand texts of

different compexity

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SUBJECTS BLOCK

Learning methods (2 CP); History of the Latvian culture (2 CP); Introduction

to sociology (2 CP); Fundamentals of phylosophy (2 CP); Fundamentals of law (2 CP); Fundamentals of political sciences (2 CP); Latvian language (8 CP); Foreign language (8 CP); History of economic concepts (2 CP).

The required amount of credit points for students to gather is 20 CP.

The figure 1 shows the general structure of subjects’ blocks in the programme studies.

In order to acquire practical skills and knowledges, the programme foresees 11 works to be carried out by the students:

9 works in obligatory subjects: Basic principles of computer technology; Macroeconomics; Business management; Commodity research; Administrative accounting; Market research and forecast; Business information gathering and processing; Business mathematic models; Business analysis and strategy.

2 works in obligatory speciality subjects: Business planning; Business logistics; Management of Investments; Company’s finance management.

In the supplement are given descriptions of all modules of professional

learning programmes, as well as goals, contents, studies’ results, learning methods, evaluation, bibliography.

32

Page 32: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The learning process is organized in accordance to a traditional academic schedule. The school year is 32 weeks long and devided in two semesters, 16 weeks each, ending in an obligatory revision of knowledges – tests and examinations. In the tenth academic semester the students write a qualification work.

In the professional programmes of studies both academic staff lecturing (lectures, seminars, practical drills) as well as students’ work on their own are supposed to take place. The studies are organized so that learning process in contact with the academic staff doesn’t exceed 25 hour per week. Schoolweek is 5 days long.

Lectures used to be scheduled for the first part of the day, while in the afternoon the academic staff is involved in individual and consultative work with the students.

Combination of an active and passive forms of studies makes it possible to optimize consequently students’ work, updating it in progress, in order to reach the goal of the educational process.

33

Page 33: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1. PROFESSIONAL SUBJECTS BLOCK143 CP or 71,5%

NATURAL SCIENCESAND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS BLOCK —27 CP or 13,5%

HUMANITIES AND SOCIALSUBJECTS BLOCK — 30 CP OR 15%

Fig. 1. Syllabus Structure

Aiming to perfect teaching methods, the academic staff does their best to implement active forms of studies with the students of the 3rd, 4th, 5th years. For instance, lectures cease their place to open discussions, works in group, role games, presentations, comments, being also changed the concept of instructive materials. Taking notices is substituted by materials individually distributed to the students.

This method is specially useful with partly optional subjects.The reached knowledges level is appraised by the tests and

exams. The programme encloses a stadard demands system, both for economic and non economic subjects. A student must take into account not only a theoretical aspect of a problem, but also in it’s real empiric contents, to know it’s peculiarities and be able to deduct practical skills from the educational process as well as to organize the process itself. The said dedactic method makes it possible to implement and to make use of a the whole study and demands system, developped all over the years of studies.

All knowledges are evaluated, in accordance to a Latvian tradition, in 10 marks, which are used with various test forms, such as expresstests, essays, studies, examinations, qualification works, as well as in seminars and practical lessons and drills. In the course of tests the knowledges are evaluated after the same creteria, as in exams, but the positive evaluation marks is specified as “approved”.

In accordance with the internal regulations of the Institute, the students are to work off all the negative marks.

34

Page 34: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

REGULATIONSOF EVALUATION OF THE STUDENTS' KNOWLEDGE

1. The student's knowledge and practical skills shall be evaluated after the completion of each course of studies.2. The knowledge shall be evaluated based on a 10-point scale.3. A mark shall be given to the essays, course papers, examinations, diploma papers, as well as the students' knowledge at the seminars and classes.4. The knowledge evaluation criteria shall be the same for the tests and examinations, but the test evaluation shall be certified with the entry "passed".5. The knowledge check shall be considered stood, if the mark is not lower than 4 points, by the 10-point scale.6. The mark acquired upon the knowledge check, shall be fixed in the list of registration and examination and the student's record-book.7. The Institute's rules and regulations provide that the students should work off all the poor marks.8. If a student has failed to stand all the checks planned, they could be transferred to the next term, upon permission of the Program Director.

Knowledge Evaluation

10 "Prominent" The student's knowledge exceeds the requirements of the educational program, the student carries out independent research, demonstrates a profound comprehension of the problems.

9 "Excellent" The student has acquired entirely all the stipulations of the educational program, is able to carry out independent research, has a very good comprehension of the problems, independently makes use of the acquired knowledge in the complicated issues.

8 "Very Good" The student has acquired entirely all the stipulations of the educational program, has a good comprehension of the problems, independently makes use of the acquired knowledge

7 "Good" The student has acquired the stipulations of the educational program well, but sometimes he/she lacks a more profound understanding or skills of practical application of the knowledge.

6 "Quite Good" The educational program has been acquired good enough, but the student lacks a more profound understanding or skills of practical application of the knowledge.

5 "Satisfactory" The student has acquired the stipulations of the educational program fair, he/she often lacks a more profound understanding or skills of practical application of the knowledge.

35

Page 35: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

4 "Quite Satisfactory" The student has acquired the stipulations of the educational program incompletely, the lack of understanding of a number of problems and the difficulty in the practical application of the acquired knowledge, are stated (the lowest positive mark).

3 "Unsatisfactory" The student has acquired the stipulations of the educational program unsatisfactory, there are great difficulties in the practical application of the knowledge acquired.

2 "Poor" The student's knowledge complies with the stipulations of the educational program only partly, he/she understands the problems poorly, is unable to independently apply the knowledge in practice.

1 "Very Poor" The student has not acquired the stipulations of the educational program.

2. STUDIES AND EVALUATION

The higher professional education porgramme combines lecturer’s and student’s permanent work, serving the study process of all programme courses the unique goal – which is to stimulate students creative capacities on the basis of theoretical knowledges and to lead them to succeed in pofessional work skills.

Theoretical basis is given in the form of lectures, seminars, conultations, written works.

The didactic principles and ways regarding studies of non economic subjects are aimed to form a capacity for theoretical thinking and theoretical analysis, as well as to create a humanistic view of the world.

Making use of a maths instruments in natural and technical sciences block, enables students to acquire practical skills in their work with a PC in order to solve specific professional problems and tasks.

The goal of theoretical studies, in what concernes the block of professional knowledges, is to create a professional way of thinking, to form and develop practical abilities in the work with legislative acts and legal documents.

The studies for each semester are planned in a whole extent, in accordance to the programme. Due to this approach the revision of students knowledges during the tests and exams can be optimized, giving a particualr importance to a professional skills block.

The language course, which, according to the programme, is previewed to be given in 4 semesters, is evaluated in the combined form of tests and exams for each school year.

In the first, second, third, fourth and fifth years the students are to compose and to defend a study, while in the end of studies a degree work is to be carried out.

36

Page 36: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

All the courses are given in strict accordance with the thematical curriculums to be eleborated by a respective faculty department and approved by the Senate of the Institute, being also the duty of the department to make and accept changes in the programmes of courses, prior to the beginning of a school year, after which the said changes are approved by the Senate.

37

Page 37: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

3. STUDIES ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

In order to ensure a realization of the programme “Business economics and management” both material and academic means are involved. The premises, in which studies take place, correspond to the educational process, and its’ number and arrangement leaves an option to organize practical work either for the whole stream or in groups.

For language study, the classrooms are provided with audioequippment, with a possibility to form small study groups of 15 persons. For PC studies a special room is fully equipped with all necessary hardware, Internet advantages being also avialable for the students.

There is a necessity to get audio- and video technical means to ensure studies of humanities, social and professional skills.

For the students’ needs serves also the Institute liberary, in wich a necessary educationbal and social literature is avialable, as well as editions of the legal acts and documents of the Latvian Republic. Students also have access to the funds of the Higher Schools Association Liberary and National Liberary funds.

The educational programmes are administrated and controlled by the Programme Director (senior lecturer, Dr. oec., Mrs. I. Voronova), whose assignement was approved by the decision of the Senate. The Programme Director organizes and ensures the development of all the courses comprised by the programme, coordinates the works of academic staff of various departments in the terms of the said programme. The legal basis of the Programme Director’s activity is comprised by the decisions of the Senate, orders of the Rector and Regulations on the educational programme. In the internal administrative structure of the Institute the Programme Director is subjected to the executive prorector.

The academic contents of the educational programme are provided by all the departments of the Institute (Languages, Psycology, Economics, Law), while the studies of the non economic subjects (Natural sciences and Technical block) are given by the department lecturers. The studies of the professional subjects’ bock are provided by the Economics Department (headed by the senior lecturer, Dr. oec., Mrs. I. Voronova). The fundamentals for the legal activity of the Department is formed by the decisions of the Senate, orders of the Rector and Department regulations to be approved by the Senate.

SPECIFICATION OF THE DEPARTMENT STAFFNr Charge Time rate:

full/ partName

1. Senior lecturer 1 Blumenau N.2. Senior lecturer 1 Burly V.3. Lecturer ½ Jevinga I.

38

Page 38: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

4. Professor 1 Kalninsh J.-R5. Professor 1 Kirtovskis I.6. Senior lecturer 1 Kozaka G.7. Senior lecturer 1.5 Selivanova L.8. Senior lecturer 1.5 Vasilieva V.9. Senior lecturer ½ Volodina M.10. Senior lecturer 1.5 Voronova I.

The staff of the Department handles 87% of the total hours extent

of the educational programme, as per following:1. Kirtovskis – Business systems (2 CP), Analysis of the Latvian

economy (2 CP), Personnel management (3 CP), History of economic volte-faces (2 CP), Fundamentals of Finance (4 CP).

2. G. Kozaka – Production and service organization (3 CP), Management of the small business (4 CP), Economics of innovation (3 CP), Business analysis and strategy (4 CP), Operative production planning (2 CP), Quality control systems (2 CP).

3. J.-R. Kalninsh – Market research and forecast (4 CP), Mathematical business models (4 CP).

4. L. Selivanova – Marketing (6 CP), International marketing (2 CP), Basis of advertising (2 CP), Consumer’s behaviour (2 CP).

5. V. Vasilieva – Company accounting (4 CP), Administrative accounting (5 CP), Finance accounting (3 CP), Business skills in accounting (3 CP).

6. I. Jevinga – Business management (4 CP), Business data gathering and processing (3 CP); Educational methods (2 CP).

7. M. Volodina – Microeconomics (4 CP), Macroeconomics (4 CP).8. I. Voronova – Technology of administrative decisions (3 CP),

Business logical planning (4 CP), Economics of investments (3 CP), Commodity research (3 CP), Social care (security) and insurance (3 CP), Company financial management (4 CP), Actual business problems (3 CP), Investments management (3 CP), Maths of finance (2 CP).

9. V. Burly – Economic statistics (2 CP), Quantitative methods in business (4 CP), Theory of probability and mathematical statistics (4 CP).

10. N. Blumenau – Higher maths (4 CP).

The educational process also involves other departments staff, for instance: A. Kudriavtsev – Basis of computer technology (5 CP), Administrative

information systems (3 CP). A. Kuznetsov – European Community Law (2 CP), International

Trading Law (2 CP).

39

Page 39: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

A. Pegachev – Fundamentals for Integration in Europe (2 CP), Fundamentals of Philosophy (2 CP).

N. Surin – Business communications (3 CP).The academic staff of the Department mainly covers the studies of the

professional aspects and mathematical subjects. Besides, the educational process involves other 9 free lance

lecturers’ participation:1. Lecturer T. Aboltina 2. Senior lecturer T. Andreeva3. Professor A. Fedotov4. Lecturer I. Geipele5. Senior lecturer V. Jansons6. Lecturer A.Kerre 7. Senior lecturer N. Lace8. Lecturer J. Lohmatova9. Senior lecturer V. Neshpors

The free lance lecturers work on agreements basis, being remunerated for a real amount of lectured hours.

Free lance lecturers’ work is specially involved in night-shift studies department, as well as in studies by correspondence and optional subjects lecturing. For example, N. Lace leads special studies of such optional subjects as “Company economcs”, “Banking economy”; A. Romanov – “Basis of business security”.

77% of the total professional studies extent is headed by Professors, Doctors and Senior lecturers.

Both obligatory and optional subjects range of all the courses are developped in accordance with the programmes, matter of a special concern and prior approvement. The realization of educational programmes during the period of four years is lead respectively by academic staff.

In the course of 1997/98 school year lecturers of the Institute worked out a serie of materials dedicated to various programme areas and meant to be distributed to the students. In the year 1998 senior lecturer I. Voronova prepared model tasks for two homeworks comrised in a title theme “Introduction into the accounting and finance”. Lecturer A. Kudriavcev worked out a summary of notes, which are distributed to the students in the course of practical studies of “Basis of computer technology”, a copy of the summary being avialable for individual use. Lecturers M. Volodina and A. Kerre are authors of a complect of visual aids to be demonstrated by means of a codoscope.

4. RESEARCH WORK OF ACADEMIC AND STUDENTS STAFF

40

Page 40: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The research work of the academic staff of the Economics Department is stipulated by the main research orientation of the Institute: “The evolution of the Latvian Republic in the market economy”. This theme was approved by the Senate in 1996. Parting from the above mentioned research orientation, the Economics Department attaches the major attention to the legal aspects of the creation and development of market economy in Latvia.Researches carried out by the academic staff are summarized in a collection of works published firstly in 1997 and supposed to be a scientific research digest of the Institute (once a year).

Each school year a theoretical conference-seminar is celebrated for the academic staff of the Institute. The conference is held in a form of free discussions between various professionals and envisages aspects that are related to the major research orientation of the Institute. The conference gives an opportunity to create an idea about the ways of solving interdisciplines (interspecialities’) problems.

In a conference, celebrated on the November 27, 1997, Department senior lecturers I.Kirtovskis, T. Andreeva, G. Kozaka, A. Selivanova took part as participants.

The same year (1997) collections of a research work and a research abstract (synopsis) summuries were published.

The areas of interests of the academic staff of the Department could be specified as follows:

1. N. Blumenau, V. Burly – Mathematical methods in economics.2. I. Kirtovskis, N. Neshpors, G. Kozaka, M. Volodina –

Macroeconomic indexes3. I. Voronova, L. Selivanova, I. Jevinga, V. Vasilieva – Efficiency

problems of small and medium range business.The academic staff of the Department also takes part, always when possible, in

conferences organized by the Higher School Association, as well as in other theoretical and practical events of the world of science.

The Economics Department is also responsible for the organization and heading of the research works by the students, stipulated by the respective Disposition and approved by the Senate.

The students fulfill their creative work on the basis of competition and in the field of a studied subject. After a work selection, a students’ theoretical and practical conference takes place. In the end of the competition, there is an option to held a separate conference on each educational subject, or just a joint one.

5. QUALITY CONTROL AND GUARANTEES

The quality of the professional training in speciality “Business economics and

41

Page 41: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Management” is closely related to the integrity of the educational process and guarantees of the programme studies.

The major point in the material aspects of the studies is a stabilization of the rent rate. Actually, the Institute rents premises from the School Managing Department of Kurzemes destrict upon a concluded contract. The rent term, as per stipulated by the Latvian legislation, was extended till the August 31 of 2002. Should the problem be solved, it would make it possible, keeping the same range and extent of activity, to provide the educational process with all necessary facilities for all kinds of studies: lectures, seminars, practical drills.

Another important material aspect of the studies guarantee is that of enlarging of liberary funds, the development of which foresees, in particular:

1) Purchase of economic literature and press published in Latvia;2) Purchase, as far as possible, economic literature published in

Russia (in particulary translated items)3) Purchase of literature in the context of collaboration with

European high schools (England, Germany, Poland, Cheque Republique)

In the 1997/98 school year contract relations with NAIS will be started,

making it possible to survey changes and ammendments in the legislation in effect and, consequently, to motivate the students to get professional skills in work with legal documents.

There is a good opportunity, acting in the limits of the Higher School Association, to celebrate more frequently conferences both for academic staff and students, to improve their creative work.

Concerning the guarantee of educatonal proces quality – it should be pointed out the importance of providing students with the possibility of probation work in business structures. In the 1997/98 sch.year a start was given to an Institute programme for the organization of professional probation system.

42

Page 42: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

6. Comparison of the Syllabus of Economic Studies of STA with Syllabi of States of the European Community

This Section presents comparison and setting off of the syllabus of economic studies of STA and the syllabus of economic studies of the University of Westminster (WUE).

OBSERVATIONS1: The syllabus of the University of Westminster contains obligatory modules (“basic modules”), optional modules and “modules by choice” offered to be mastered in other courses too (for example, a foreign language, courses of history or sociology, etc.). This may be implemented with a large number of guest lecturers (hired part-time) being used.2: In Great Britain, in “A” level specialization studies at the University start at a higher level than studies in Europe on the whole, they are shorter (three years instead of conventional four or five years) and cover specific subjects only, with mastering of “general culture” and classes of less importance being excluded. It is due to this reason that the first level (the first year of a university in Great Britain) may be compared to the second year of the Institute of Social Technologies, and the second/third level (the second year of a university in Great Britain) - to the third year of the Institute of Social Technologies, and the third level (the third year of a university in Great Britain) - to the fourth year of the Institute of Social Technologies.3: In the Institute of Social Technologies the following subjects have no equivalent in the syllabus of economic studies of the University of Westminster:

Civil defenceLabour protectionBusiness managementHistory of Latvian cultureHigher mathematicsPrinciples of computer technologiesPlanning of business activitiesBusiness analysis and strategyCommodity studyPresentation skills

4: The following syllabus is offered to be mastered in order to acquire the degree in business economics at the Faculty of Economics of the University of Westminster:There are 7 basic modules and 1 optional module in the first year, there are 6 basic modules and 1 optional module in the second year; and there are 4 basic modules, obligatory research work, an obligatory “miniproject” and 2 optional modules in the final year.In the syllabus of the University of Westminster (equivalent to the second, third and fourth years of the Institute of Social Technologies) students master much less courses, specializing more in specific subjects, as well as the syllabus provides for much more freedom of choice for students.

43

Page 43: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

NUMBER OF COURSES Institute of Social Technologies

University of Westminster

Second year of STI/first level of WU 12 8Third year of STI/second level of WU 15 8Fourth year of STI/third level of WU 6 8

Recommendations1: Although the Institute of Social technologies may offer as wide range of optional modules as is accessible at the University of Westminster, it is possible to agree and organize a cycle of lectures in similar subjects to be taught by guest lecturers. Students would be offered a possibility to choose one or more free courses without any extra charge to the Institute of Social Technologies.2: Usefulness of such general courses as Civil Defense, Physical Training is to be reviewed, and if required such courses are to be reorganized and included in the list of optional subjects, or else their teaching is to be stopped. More time would be devoted to “basic modules”, such as Analysis of Economy of Latvia and History of Latvian Culture. Two subjects are to be added to the module “Business Economics”: “Microeconomics” and “Macroeconomics”. 2 foreign languages offered seem a too ambitious task, hence this might be cancelled: one foreign language (the English or German language) would suffice, especially so in view of the necessity to extend knowledge of the Latvian language.Many subjects of the syllabus of STA are more narrow and meant to train of specialists of an individual branch. For example, the syllabus of STA contains the module “Logistics of Business Activities”, and the module “Logistics” of the University of Westminster includes logistics not only of business activities, but also international, transport logistics, macroaspects. In WU, justification of analysis, strategy are included in one course “Managerial Accounting”, and not in two as in the syllabus of STA. Unlike WU, where fulfilment of studies is not evaluated especially, the professional syllabus of STA provides for assessment of 11 works with a special mark.

6.2. The syllabus of economic studies of STA is compared to the syllabus of similar studies in Tartu University (TU).

Comparison of the syllabi shows similarity and differences of the content of studies.In TU humanities are pragmatically subordinated to the content and tasks of the

trade. The syllabus of STA includes subjects that consolidate Latvian spirit (“History of Latvian Culture”, “The Latvian Language”). The syllabus of Tartu University contains no similar courses.

The basic difference of the block of natural sciences and technical subjects is that the syllabus of TU does not include mastering of computer skills which describes a higher level of development of society. In TU studying mathematics proceeds according to the principle of application, and the syllabus of STA includes an academic course of mathematics.

In the block of professional subjects of STA, students get acquainted with general basics of economics before studying specific courses. In Tartu University, specific sections are detached from the general course. In TU organization of production and business activities are studied on the basis of national peculiarities of such activities and experience

44

Page 44: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

of European states, however consideration of problems does not deal with world experience.

Both in TU, and in STA theory of economics is taught by setting off views and principles of a specific school of economics. It is characteristic that summary of practical economics touches upon analysis of economic activities of the neighbouring countries.

Conclusions: Differences in economic studies in STA and Tartu University reflect different political and economic situations in our countries. In view of experience of higher educational establishments of Europe, analysis of economic development of European states, as well as comparative analysis of economy of the Baltic countries and Nordic states will take even more important place in the syllabus.

In Tartu University the form of students’ knowledge control during the term is reports. They develop skills of independent work, allow for comparison of different views and expression of one’s opinion.

In spite of differences in the content of the syllabi, students of STA acquire understanding of the state of modern economics in Europe and learn to be competent in it. It should also be noted that the syllabus of economic studies of STA includes academic subjects of economic education.

7. Comparison of the curriculum of economic studies of the Social Technology Institution of Higher Education with the national curricula of the Republic of Latvia

Most of the professional economic curricula are based on the academic bachelor curriculum. For example, the professional curricula of the University of Latvia (LU) such as ”Financial Management", "Bank Economist", "Economist-Accountant", "Tax Economist", "Economist" are based on the academic curriculum "Economy". The professional curricula of Riga Technical University (RTU) are acquired during two years (80 CP), after acquiring of triennial bachelor curriculum (120 CP). RTU has more comprehensive block of "Natural Sciences and Technical Subjects" than the other professional curricula. Only one higher school in Latvia trains specialists according to the accredited curriculum "Business Administration".

Comparing the curriculum of Social Technology University (STA) with the economic curricula of LU, DPU and RTU one should conclude that the professional curriculum of STA contains the standardized part of bachelor curriculum of 70 CP, which correspond to the standardization demands of the economic bachelor curriculum (63-71 CP).

The higher professional curriculum of STA in specialty "Economy" is compared to bachelor and professional study curriculum of the University of Latvia (LU) and Daugavpils Pedagogy University (DPU) bachelor study curriculum "Entrepreneurship".

The comparison of the curricula allows to conclude that in the LU, DPU and STA curricula several subjects differ what totally complies with

45

Page 45: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

the recommendations of the Ministry of Science and Education of the Republic of Latvia.

The study curricula in LU, DPU and STA are on the whole analogical. The amount of the curriculum, its structures and proportions of separate blocks concur. Each curriculum consists of 3 blocks - A, B and C. The main difference is that students of LU can chose different specialties and thus different curricula of the "B" block, but studies for students of DPU are organized only according to one curriculum "Commercial Studies" and the "B" block is equal to all students.

46

Page 46: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Tabl. 2LU, DPU un STA major subjects

Objects, LU CP Objects, DPU CP Objects, STA CPMicroeconomics 8 Microeconomics 8 Microeconomics 4Mathematics for Economists 8 Higher Mathematics 8 Higher Mathematics 4Macroeconomics 8 Macroeconomics 8 Macroeconomics 4Statistics 8 Theory of Probabilities and

Mathematical Statistics8 Theory of Probabilities and Mathematical

Statistics4

Econometrics 4 Econometrics — Quantitative Methods in Business 4Theory of Finance 4 Principles of Finance and Credit 4 Principles of Finance 4Analyze of Finance 4 —Principles of Accounting 4 Accounting 8 Accounting in Business 4Business 4 Business in Latvian 4 Business Economics 4Finance of Business 4 Company Economics 2 —Principles of Law 4 Principles of Law 4 Principles of Law 2Problem of transitional Economics 4 Actual Problem of Latvian Economy 2 Analysis of Economy of Latvia 3Marketing 4 Principles of Marketing 4 Marketing 6International Economics 4 Principles of International Ties 4 International Economy 3Labor Economics 4 Labor Law 2 —Demography 4 Demography 4 —Economic History 4 — —History of Economic Ideas 4 History of Economic Theory 4 History of Economic Ideas 2Information of Economics 4 Information of Economics 4 Principles of Computer Technologies 5

— Practical Sociology 2 Motivation and Social Aspects of Business Activities

2

Optional Theory and Method 4 — Mathematical Modeling in Business 4Economical Geography 4

Foreign Language 4 Foreign Language 6 Foreign Language. Latvian Language 12Business Management 4

47

Page 47: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Table 2LU, DPU un STA major subjects

Objects, LU CP Objects, DPU CP Objects, STA CPCollection and Processing of Business Information

3

Economics Statistics 2Economics of Environment 2Methods of Acquiring Learning Skills 2Principles of Philosophy 2Principles of Politology 2Introduction into Sociology 2History of Latvian Culture 2Labor Protection 2Civil Defense 1

Total: 100 90 99

48

Page 48: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The STA curriculum provides specialization in three directions. In the "B" block all students have common subjects. The table shows the compulsory subjects of LU, DPU and STA.

The exact amount of subjects and studies in some blocks depend on the aims and tasks of the curricula.

The STA curriculum, in comparison to LU and DPU curricula, provides larger number of hours in the blocks of humanitarian and social subjects. Such difference is mainly caused by the fact that the program of social subjects of STA provides study courses the aim of which is to give theoretic and concrete notion about the basic principles of economic development, peculiarities of the development of national economy of the Republic of Latvia and organization of entrepreneurship.

The STA curriculum contains study courses in sociology and social psychology. The study courses of sociology cycle are included in curriculum of LU and DPU as well. Unlike the LU curriculum the STA curriculum does not provide study courses of administration sociology and administration psychology. According to amount of hours and subjects the block of humanitarian and social subjects of STU curriculum is larger than in the LU curriculum, but smaller than in the DPU curriculum.

The STA curriculum contains natural sciences and technical subjects. The subjects of this cycle are included in the curricula of LU and DPU as well. The block of natural sciences and technical subjects in STA curriculum is compared according the amount and structure with the corresponding subjects in the curricula of LU and DPU.

The biggest difference of the compared programs is the number of term papers to be elaborated by students. Considering the professional spirit of the STA curricula the number of term papers to be elaborated by students is bigger than in other higher schools (see Table 3).

Unlike the DPU curriculum the STA curriculum has considerably larger number of subjects in analytical accounting (by 18 CP), students has more possibilities to chose subjects according to their professional interests.

The block of the professional subjects in the curricula of the three higher schools differ, first of all, with the number of subjects included and, secondly, with the number of hours in some subjects. The determination of number of hours is dependent to the tasks of the curriculum.

On the whole the course of compulsory studies comply with the division of economic sciences into subdivisions, recognized in the Republic of Latvia.

Table 3Comparing characteristics of Students` knowledge Criteria

Name LU DPU STA

49

Page 49: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1. Examinetest

3110

2635

3435

2. Paper 2 2 113. Practice - 2 1

The comparison to the accredited professional business administration curriculum of the training center "Turîba" (TCT) allows to conclude: the TCT curriculum contains two specialization blocks of 13 CP, the STA curriculum - of 20 CP.

The block of analytical accounting subjects of the TCT curriculum contains 18 CP, the STA curriculum - of 25 CP, though according to the structure of subjects included in the block both curricula are practically equal.

The number of term papers in the TCT curriculum is 2, in the STA curriculum - 11. But TCT offers 7 kinds of practice, each of which should be accounted for. The STA curriculum provides 1 practice. Therefore the total number of term papers and practices equalize - 9 and 12. It shows that unlike the academic curricula the professional curricula provide the students not only theoretic knowledge but allow to master practical skills as well.

ConclusionsThe STA curriculum in total correspond the division of economic sciences into subdivisions, recognized in Latvia. At the same time the curriculum expresses the target approaches of education and vocational training - preparation of specialists for practical work in the sphere of entrepreneurship.

Resume

1. The basis of the IST professional study program on the specialty of “Economics” is the range of subjects which form the basis for theoretical thinking develop economic professional consciousness and thinking as well as form practical skills in the legal aspects of the business activity, In the development of the study programs elements of the professional learning should be strengthened.

2. For the implementation of the study programs necessary material and academic conditions are created, the development and improvement of which allow to stabilize the process of studies.

3. The pace of the market economy and business activity development in Latvia allows to make justified forecasts that graduates of the Institute will be able to enter the employment sphere in the condition of the specialist competition.

4. Development of the academic staff structure should be subjected to the urgent requirement to enlarge the number of the doctors of science and introduce into practice invitation of lecturers from the European countries, especially lecturers in the field of comparative law.

50

Page 50: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

5. For the activization of the research work the advantages of the Latvian and also of international programs should be more widely used. Stable educational and scientific ties should be established both with the higher schools of the Baltic and European countries.

51

Page 51: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1. Plan for Development of the Syllabus

1.1. General Provisions

The Institute of Social Technologies (STA) is a higher educational establishment where one can receive higher professional education in economics. The Institute works according to the law of the Republic of Latvia, international standards in higher education that are not contrary to legal acts of the Republic of Latvia, as well as according to the Charter of the Institute.

Recently, both in Europe, as well as in Latvia, higher education has been noticed to pass from elite phenomena to mass necessities. Development of technologies requires even more specialists which results in the necessity of higher education directed towards practice. As the state is unable to finance higher professional education for all persons willing to study, objective necessity arose for private higher educational establishments. The task of STA is to give high quality professional knowledge to students, to promote development and preservation of intellectual potential of the Republic of Latvia, to provide for new knowledge and skills to use it in the interests of society.

The concept of development of higher education in Latvia provides for professional education as the most useful form of education nowadays that corresponds to demand in manpower market as far as possible. A professional syllabus is to be closely connected with practice.

1.2. Description of the TradeWhen enrolling students in the syllabus of economic studies, STA enables them to

acquire higher professional education in the speciality mentioned. The Faculty has three types of studies: day, night and correspondence. Studies last for 5 years. Upon completing studies, students write and defend a qualification paper.

The syllabus of economic studies of STA trains qualified economists for work in commercial entities. There is everything needed for this available: qualified teaching staff, material base, a library, a computer class. Students are able to undertake scientific research work.

Common requirements for graduates of the syllabus. Basic qualification requirementsTo know: methods and ways of professional activities; theoretical principles of

execution of work assigned, methods and ways of analysis and synthesis; set-up, principles of operation, usage regulations of technical means to be applied in work; order of execution of mutually related work processes, their reasonable organization, work modes; formation of expenses for products, services and other types of activities.

To be able: to use theoretical knowledge in practice and to continuously extend it.To be responsible: for the progress and results of work assigned; for decisions made

by oneself; for work means and items entrusted to oneself; for safety of other persons dealt with in one’s activities.

Graduates from the Faculty of Economics may work in the following trades:

52

Page 52: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Economists:an economist of small- and medium-scale enterprises;a labour economist;a price economist;a foreign trade economist;a tax economist;a finance economist.

Employees of this group develop concepts and methods of economic theory to be used in statement and description of the situation of national and international goods, services and work choice, as well as apply knowledge in establishing economic policy of one’s enterprises, in solving their current and subsequent economic problems and in giving advice.

Basic tasks of professional activities:- to study various economic problems - production types and market study, trends of national and international trade, currency financial policy and price policy, employment, work effectiveness and production expenses, as well as to give advice in such issues; to collect, analyze and interpret economic data, making use of economic theories, as well as various statistical and other methods; to give advice in issues of economics, politics and choice of the line of activities, in view of previous, current and anticipated economic factors and trends; to prepare scientific articles and reports; to collect data and to participate in technical works related to planning of production methods, effective, safe and economical use of personnel, raw materials and facilities, and statement of procedures of work execution; to perform other tasks of similar nature; to manage other employees.Accounting personnel:accounting and book-keeping personnel;statistical and finance personnel.

Employees of this group perform, classify and systematize accounting, financial and statistical information and verify whether documents have been made correctly.

Basic tasks of professional activities:to make entries in accounting ledgers, and to prepare a cash report on the basis of

accounting documents to be sent and received;to receive documents made according to established procedures, funds and securities in a

bank institution in order to pay out wages an to pay other expenses;to calculate products self-cost according to registration books available;to calculate wages according to the number of hours worked or according to the quantity

of individually made work;to accumulate information on performance of production tasks and data on personnel,

facilities and transport; to systematize and process numerical information on the basis of a summary of reports and other documents on a regular basis;

to participate in analysis of corporate activities;to prepare financial documents and to calculate agents’ payments;to register securities purchased or sold;to perform other tasks of similar nature.

53

Page 53: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Finance and trade specialists:specialists of financial and trade institutions;specialists in trade in real estate;supply specialists.

Employees of this group keep full accounting of financial transactions in institutions and enterprises, verify whether documents have been made correctly, purchase and sell financial securities, real estate, services, act as wholesale trade agents, evaluate goods, real estate and other types of property and sell them at auctions, purchase goods and render services on behalf of commercial institutions and organizations.

Basic tasks of professional activities:to analyze market trends in financial securities, foreign currency, commodity and real

estate, to make purchase and sale transactions independently or to customers’ order;to provide for registration of rights to real estate and financial documents;to perform wholesale trade of commodity, technical facilities and equipment to the

manufacturer’s or importer’s order;to evaluate real estate or other types of property and to sell them at auction;to acquire information on market situation, necessary and available reserves;to state the quantity and quality of goods purchased, their value, term of delivery and

other terms and conditions of contracts;to establish contacts between buyers and sellers of products and services;to study customer demands in purchase or sale, to give advice;to manage other employees.

1.3. Conditions of EnrolmentCitizens of the Republic of Latvia, permanent inhabitants of Latvia, foreign

citizens with finished secondary education are enrolled in the syllabus of economic studies of STA. Teaching is arranged in the Latvian and Russian languages. Would-be students are offered studies in the day, night and correspondence departments.

Entrance examinations are arranged in the following subjects:composition (in the free subject offered)foreign language (a test)mathematics (a test)

Persons willing to get enrolled in the syllabus of economic studies are to submit the following documents:an identity document (passport)the certificate of secondary educationphotographsan application, questionnaireStudents’ immatriculation.

Immatriculation is arranged according to results of entrance examinations.In 1998 the following students were immatriculated in the syllabus of economic studies:Day department 31Night department 36

Total 67Entrance examinations are held according to “Entrance Regulations” (approved

by the Senate session on 05.03.1998).

54

Page 54: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1.4. Prospects of the TradeThe syllabus of economic studies gives necessary knowledge in business to students.The purpose of the syllabus:- to teach students to make business decisions;- to acquaint students with accounting methods;- to form skills of solving financial issues and making decisions in them.Accounting in the West (in our understanding) is divided into two sections:- financial accounting (for external needs);- management accounting (for administrative needs of the company).Financial accounting. Financial accounting provides for information for shareholders, bankers, customers, competitors, trade unions, national government, employees, suppliers. When publishing financial statements, financial accountants are to take into account official requirements for all entrepreneurs and organizations, to render true information on financial situation of the company, as well as to see to it that accounting would conform to standards established.Management accounting. The purpose of management accounting is to help directors or managers of the enterprise make correct decisions, hence accounting information is an integral part of modern production.One of prospective lines of the economist’s activities might be study of analysis of market relations. Therefore in improvement of the syllabus it is possible to develop modules that promote analytical thinking. The prospect also includes activities of the economist in the sphere of investments and innovations, hence amendments in credit points of specific modules are possible.As a specialist in economics may work in trade, the block of commercial studies is extended with such subjects as Products and services quality control, Protection of consumer rights being introduced.

1.5. Organization of the Process of StudiesGraduates of the syllabus are able to work as economists. Upon graduation from

STA, students acquire higher professional education.As possibilities of using economic knowledge in wider spheres of life grow, the

Institute considers further improvement of the syllabus in economic subjects as its major task.

The syllabus is revised and improved according to requirements for high quality education and in keeping with tasks and principles of activities of European universities on a regular basis, and in order to promote inclusion of the Institute in the system of education of the Republic of Latvia.

The content and nature of knowledge required for an economist will change according to the line of development of economy and social structure of society.

The syllabus of economic studies has developed a model of teaching for students who acquire higher professional education. The model of specialists training is accommodated to conditions of manpower market in Latvia. The syllabus provides for stability in the next five years. However, the syllabus is to respond quickly to changes in demand of manpower market and students’ needs. Therefore the syllabus provides for

55

Page 55: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

specific changes in the choice of optional subjects. Such changes provide for the following:to give extensive knowledge to students and to form their skills in organization of

management of a company;to teach to analyze performance of an enterprise;to evaluate the extent of risk of marketing transactions performed.

The syllabus will specify the content of teaching courses in view of new scientific achievements, changes in the law pertaining to business activities and publication of new manuals, on an annual basis. In improvement of the syllabus, materials of research performed by the teaching staff on the economic situation in this state and elsewhere abroad will be used. Modern statistical data will be used in the process of studies.

Of subjects of general education, more attention will be paid to law. In all syllabi special attention will be paid to the economic situation in states of the Economic Community and its influence on business in Latvia.

Students will be able to improve their knowledge of languages as follows:the number of foreign languages to be studied as optional subjects will be extended.

Students will be able to study the French language in addition to the English and German languages;

students will continue to be offered a possibility to improve their knowledge of the English language in England with a certificate being received upon passing the course too;

specialists from England will be invited to read a course of lectures in the English language;

in order to raise the level of knowledge of the state language of Russian-speaking students, individual lectures or individual courses will be read to them in the state language.

The program of improvement of the teaching process is closely related to practice in the speciality chosen by a student. Students of STA have specific prospects in this line. Currently, part of our students start their work for different companies from 2 year. The Institute plans to conclude contracts with different organizations and commercial companies for a possibility for 4-year students to pass practical work before writing a professional paper. This will enable students to collect practical materials for their qualification papers, to get acquainted with their possible place of employment in the future, to make sure that their choice of speciality is correct.

1.6. PersonnelIn order to raise the qualification level of teachers involved in the syllabus, the

following measures are being planned:Active participation of teachers in improvement of the syllabus.Participation in scientific work, publication of scientific works in collected scientific

works issued by the Institute on a regular basis.Participation in conferences and seminars arranged by the Institute and other higher

educational establishments. Therefore it would be necessary to establish an effective information centre for contacts among academic and scientific centres of the Republic of Latvia.

56

Page 56: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Active preparation of methodical materials and lectures in subjects taught. The management of the Institute undertake to provide for issue of collected scientific and methodical works, courses of lectures, theses of conferences on a regular basis.

To improve their qualification, to defend master’s and Doctor’s theses.To invite teachers from other higher educational establishments to read specific courses.To invite teachers from foreign higher educational establishments (England, Germany,

Poland).Co-operation:Westminster UniversityPrivate school “Frisby Home of English”LMU Munchen Deutschland Fach WirtschaftsgeographieELI European Language Institute Italy Deutsch

Jugendmagazins “Zusammen”, ® “Freunde” ®.Uniwersytet Gdansky

1.7. Prospects of development of the Material Technical BaseConsolidation of the material technical base of the Institute is planned as follows:

by increasing the number of classrooms;by providing classrooms with facilities required for studies;by extending the computer class, thus giving more possibilities for independent work,

including free access to Internet to students.by purchasing program packets on a regular basis;by assignment of two classrooms for classes and equipping such rooms with projectors,

video facilities and high quality blackboards;by replenishment of the library fund with new manuals. Currently, the Institute has great

problems in this issue: limited supply of necessary literature in the book market, high prices for such literature. In this issue an optimum strategy is to be developed in order to allow for the issue of replenishment of the library fund to be settled in the next two years. Formation of the library fund comprises establishment of the base of standard literature (current laws of the Republic of Latvia, all amendments and supplements to laws), as well as different types of academic literature purchased (manuals, monographs, teaching aids in the state language and in foreign languages).

by purchasing additional printers in two years, in order to enable students to make works envisaged in the syllabus with the help of computers and to print them out.

by establishing a specialized laboratory classroom with simulated work stations of a labour economist, a tax economist, a finance economist and a supply economist.

1.8. FinanceThe budget of the syllabus consists of funds transferred by students to the bank

account of the Institute as payment for their studies. The syllabus has no other sources of finance.

In the set-up of the Institute financing of the syllabus consists of:1. Financing of the syllabus including wages fund for the teaching staff and auxiliary

staff involved in implementation of the syllabus.2. Financing of means for implementation of the syllabus (facilities, materials,

leasing of premises, etc.)

57

Page 57: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

3. Financing of activities of the administration and service personnel.Projected growth of inflation will inevitably cause increase in payment for

studies. However, despite this, it is necessary to organize financial and business activities so as to prevent gross increase of payment for studies, because the Institute has a bent towards teaching of students coming from families of middle income as its principle. It is necessary to develop a well balanced accounting system for the wages fund and the fund of the program for material and technical development.

The possibility to attract highly qualified teachers and qualification improvement are closely related to projected growth of financial income at the expense of the growing number of students of the Institute. To achieve this, teaching of would-be applicants for entrance examinations in preparatory courses is arranged, as well as a wider and more effective promotion campaign is organized. However, practice shows that the number of students in the Institute increases due to quality of the syllabus, its topical nature and strict organization of the process of teaching. It is in this direction that activities of STA are arranged.

Use of Funds of the Syllabus(% of total income)

No Use of funds % of total income

Teachers’ wages 32Wages of auxiliary personnel of the Department 10Library fund 7Leasing of premises 3Purchase of facilities 3Printing and copying works 2Business expenses, incl.:minor repairsadvertisingother business expenses

7511

Stationery 2Taxes 20Deductions for wages of the administration and service personnel of the Institute

7

Students’ practical work 2Cultural and sports events for students 2Participation in conferences and their organization 2Other expenses (business missions, probation, etc.) 1

Total: 100%

1.9. Prospects for Graduates in Manpower MarketGraduates from STA connect the beginning of their career in the speciality

chosen, first of all, with work for commercial entities. The syllabus of economic studies of STA establishes wide possibilities for this:

58

Page 58: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

there is a wide scope of economic subjects;skills of work with computers are acquired;they have knowledge of laws.

Possibilities of professional activities of economists are stated by the enumeration of works conventionally made by them (financial and management transactions), as well as the actual situation in manpower market (actual demand of society for economists).

Many graduates from STA wish to continue their education, therefore the Institute has concluded agreements with higher educational establishments for a possibility for graduates from STA to continue their studies for the Master’s degree.

2. Information on Methodical and Material Technical Assurance of the Syllabus

2.1. Material technical Assurance of the Syllabus of STA

Training is performed at 10 Balta Street, 58 Slokas Street, No 9, Riga.

1. Leased Premises10 Balta:The following class-rooms are used for studies:

Room 11 - 55 m2 (40 seats) - Passport No 2Room 12 - 55 m2 (computer class-room) - Passport No 3Room 13 - 57 m2 (Staffroom ) - Passport No 4Room 8 - 60 m2 (48 seats) - Passport No 5Room 9 - 90 m2 (120 seats) - Passport No 6Room 29 - 55 m2 (48 seats) - Passport No 7Room 30 - 55 m2 (48 seats) - Passport No 8Room 23 - 57 m2 (44 seats) - Passport No 11Room 14 - 57 m2 (computer class-room) - Passport No 1Room 18 - 60 m2 (library) - Passport No 9Room 13a - 18 m2 (booking-office) - Passport No 10Room 41 - 40 m2 (30 seats)Room 20 - 40 m2 (computer class-room) - Passport No 14

Assembly Hall - 250 m2 - 500 seats - Passport No 13

58 Slokas Street: 230 m2

Room 1 - 20 m2 (25 seats) - Passport No 15Room 2 - 20 m2 (25 seats) - Passport No 16Room 3 - 20 m2 (25 seats) - Passport No 17Room 4 - 20 m2 (Staffroom) - Passport No 18Room 5- 45 m2 (40 seats) - Passport No 19Room 6- 45 m2 (40 seats) - Passport No 20

59

Page 59: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Room 5- 50 m2 (45 seats) - Passport No 21

2. Leased Technical Base:

TV sets - 8 pcsProjectors - 3 pcsTape-recorders - 10 pcsFax machines - 2 pcsCopiers - 3 pcsVideo tape-recorders - 5 pcsPrinters - 5 pcsScanners - 1 pieceComputers - 6 pcs

Class-room furniture and school blackboards.A class-room provided with radio (Room No 9)STA office rooms (Room No 12)Cafe- snack-room.The cafe works in the premises leased by the Institute from the Pedagogical Training Centre. The cafe is open from 9.00 to 19.00, or until the last visitor.Recreation base “Dzirnezers”(14 km of Tallinn Highway).The Institute has an agreement concluded with “Dzirnezers K” Ltd. for organization of recreation, sports events and health days in the Recreation Base.

3. Computer Class.

Technical base of the computer class consists:Room 14 - 11 personal computersRoom 12 - 11 personal computers

including:-central processors (Pentium II 300 MHz, Pentium 150 Mhz);-main memory from 16 to 64 megabytes;-SVGA type monitors 14-17” inch screen;-32 speed laser compact disk unit;-network laser printer OKI OL610 ex providing for quick and high quality printing - 600

dots per inch.All computers are supplied with multimedia providing for stereo audio

accompaniment and audio recording from the microphone for all computer programs.Computers are combined in a local network and supplied with fast network maps.The central computer is a gateway server providing for effective switching and

connection to the international computer net INTERNET through a fast modem ZyXEL with speed change of 28.8 kB/sec.

The computer class-room equipment and software allow for the following classes to be arranged there:in computer study, incl. work in INTERNET;in learning foreign languages, with multimedia being used;in other subjects, provided there are respective programs for them.

60

Page 60: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Every class-room provides for access to international network resources, incl. data bases of the law.

The central computer of the every class-room may be used to conduct a class in analogue studies, for example, in the base secondary school.

Computer classrooms facilitate teaching classes on different curricula simultaneously.

The Computer classroom (r. 20) is provided for individual, including INTERNET usage, studies of Lecturers as well as students.

Composition and Complete Set

Network equipment:Local network ETHERNET (4 pcs. OFFICECONNECT HUB - 8/TPC)Global network INTERNET

E-mail address of the Institute:[email protected]

E-mail address for Students:

[email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

61

Page 61: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Peripherals:

Server - 2 pcsCPU Pentium II 300 Mhz, HDD 6.4 GB, FDD 1.44 MB, RAM 64 MB, 17” Color VGA ATI EXPERT WORK AGP 4 MB, CD ROM 32x speed, Ethernet Card PCI, Sound Card SB AWE 16 CT-4180; Speaker Target TRG-S60; printer Laser Jet 4L Compatible, 2 MB, 600 dpi.

Work stations - 20 pcsCPU Pentium 150 Mhz, HDD 1.2-2.1 Gb, RAM 16 Mb, 14” Color, SVGA Card 1 Mb, Sound Card Yamaha 3D full duplex, LAN Card

Additional facilities:1. data storage reserve device Iomega ZIP-drive, 100 MB2. SD-ROM WRITER 8 x 23. HP ScanJet 5p Scanner

System Software:Windows 95

Applications:Microsoft Office 97Microsoft Office 95Microsoft Visual BasicTeaching and test programs in computer studyTeaching programs in foreign languages

All programs are licensed.Technical and material base of the Institute is protected by a security system (agreement No 8-67 concluded with the Company “Apsardze” on October 11, 1995)

2.2. Methodical Assurance of the Syllabus of STA in Economics.

The library fund of STA comprises 5435 books. The fund is systematized according to accepted classification, with all basic sections of the classification being represented there. 61% of books available in the fund are teaching books, besides 72%, or 2430 pieces of books available in the fund are teaching books published in the period from 1992 - 1997.

We have teaching literature in different languages:in the Latvian language - 769 pieces or 23%in the Russian language - 1872 pieces or 56%;in the English language - 504 pieces or 16%;in the German language - 185 pieces or 6%.

The syllabus of STA is provided with teaching literature as follows:in foreign languages - 722 piecesin psychology - 160 piecesscientific literature in law (teaching books) - 719 pieces

Page 62: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

in economics - 773 piecesTeaching literature in general-education subjects - 190 pieces.The library fund comprises books that extend students’ world outlook:

in linguistics - 270 piecesin art - 250 piecesin fiction - 860 piecesin history - 190 pieces

In order to more fully supply students with necessary teaching literature, the syllabus provides for use of photocopies of modern publications in work, as well as materials developed by teachers of the Institute.

The library provides for access to major periodicals of the Republic of Latvia, as well as such periodicals as: “Diena”, “Dienas Bizness”, “Izgl¿t¿ba un kultžra”, “Latvijas Vºstnesis”, “Áèçíåñ è Áàëòèÿ”, “Äèåíà”, “ÑÌ”, “Latvijas ekonomists”, “Ëàòâèÿñ ýêîíîìèñò”, “The Economist”, “Central European Business”, “Newsweek”, LR statistikas krjumi.

Information is collected on the following issues on a regular basis:Standard acts of the Republic of Latvia;Educational system of the Republic of Latvia and its integration in the European and

world educational system;Culture of Latvia, national peculiarities and contribution to world culture.

Teachers of the Institute are informed of available and arriving literature in the national Library and in libraries of other higher educational establishments of Riga (see Appendix).

3. Information on the Syllabus Management

3.1. The Syllabus CommissionThe syllabus is managed by the Syllabus Commission of the Senate acting according to its Regulations (approved on March 30, 1996). The Syllabus Commission consists of:

the RectorDirectors of all syllabiHeads of Departmentsrepresentatives of the student self-government

Functions of the Commission:To consider and to offer propositions of new syllabi for approval by the SenateTo consider and to offer amendments to teaching courses for approval by the Senate.To consider and to offer estimated expenses of the syllabi developed by the Director of a

specific syllabus for approval by the Senate.To consider and compare conformity of teaching courses mastered in other higher

educational establishments to curricula of STA.The main form of activities of the Syllabus Commission is a session of the Syllabus Commission. Sessions of the Syllabus Commission are held at least twice a term.All sessions of the Syllabus Commission are open. Sessions of the Syllabus Council are recorded in minutes.

Page 63: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

3.2. Students’ self-governmentStudents of STA have their own self-government acting according to regulations

on Self-Governments. The management of the Institute provides for support of students’ self-government as far as possible.

Students’ self-government:Represents students of the Institute in Latvia. For the time being, representatives of the

Self-Government participate in seminars arranged by self-governments of other higher educational establishments on invitations only. In this respect, activities of the Board of students’ self-government should be increased, with contacts among higher educational establishments of the Republic of Latvia, as well as with foreign student organizations being established.

Represents and defends interests of professional and cultural life of students in the Institute. It would be necessary to increase activities of students’ self-government for receipt of information from authorized representatives of the management and the syllabus of the Institute, as well as to make them more active, participating in examinations and tests as observers.

Organizes social life of students. “Student Theatre” established by students’ self-government functions actively, and organizes parties, discotheques, tourist trips for students. The management of the Institute will continue to support this important part of students’ life.

4. Information on Qualification and Competence of the Teaching Staff

See the list of the teaching staff, their academic biographies (CURRICULUM VITAE) in Volume 2.

Nr.

Objects Staff Competence, qualification

1 2 3 4 51. Principles of Auditing J. Zaiceva Lektore ekon. mag.2. Higher Mathematics N. Blumenau Docente Dr. sc. ing.3. Economics of Banking N. Lace,

T.AndrejevaDocentedocente

Dr. oec.Ekon. zin. mag.

4. Business Analysis and Strategy G. Kozaka Docente Dr. sc. ing.5. Principles of Business Security A. Romanovs Docents Mag. paed. 6. Business Skills in Registration V. VasiŸjeva Docente Dr. oec.7. Collection and Processing of Business

InformationJ.JansonsI.Jevinga

Docentslektore

dr. oec.ekon. ma‡.

8. Mathematical Modeling in Business J.-R.KalninshV. Burlijs

Prof.docents

Dr. hab. Phis.Dr. sc. ing.

9. Business Systems I. Kirtovskis profesors Dr. oec.10. Civil Defense A.Romanovs docents Mag. paed. 11. Labor Protection V.Urbne docente dr. chem.12. Manpower Market Control T.Andrejeva docente mag. zin. ekon.13. Principles of Computer Technologies A.Kudrjavcevs

A.Du¥jashkinsdocentsdocents Dr. sc. ing.

14. Principles of Europe Integration A.Pegashevs docents fil.zin. kand.15. Law of the European Community A.Kuz¥ecovs docents ties. zin. kand.

Page 64: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

16. Economic Statistics V. Burlijs docents Dr. sc. ing.17. History of Economic Ideas I. Kirtovskis profesors Dr. oec.18. Principles of Philosophy A. Pegashevs docents fil.zin. kand.19. Mathematics of Finance I. Voronova docente Dr. oec.20. Principles of Finance I.Kirtovskis profesors Dr. oec.21. Financial Accounting V.VasiŸjeva docente Dr. oec.22. Accounting in Business V.VasiŸjeva docente Dr. oec.23. Introduction into Sociology I. Kogans lektors24. Economics of Innovations G. Kozaka docente Dr. sc. ing.25. Investment Economy G. Kozaka docente Dr. sc. ing.26. Investment Management I.Voronova docente Dr. oec.27. Principles of Business Activities A.Kerre lektors

Nr.

Objects Staff Competence, qualification

1 2 3 4 528. Communications in Business N. Surins docents29. Quality Control Systems G. Kozaka docente Dr. sc. ing.30. Quantitative Methods in Business V. Burlijs docents Dr. sc. ing.31. Latvian Language J. Samovi›a lektore32. Analysis of Economy of Latvia I.Kirtovskis profesors Dr. oec.33. History of Latvian Culture A.N¿manis lektors mag. Paed. 34. Macroeconomics Volodina

T. Abolti¥adocentelektore

Dr. oec.ekon. kand.

35. Small-Scale Business Management G. Kozaka docente Dr. sc. ing.36. Principles of Retail Trade Organization A. Kerre lektors37. Methods of Acquiring Learning Skills I. Jevinga lektore ekon. ma‡.38. Microeconomics M. Volodina

V. Nešporsdocentedocents

Dr. oec.Dr. oec.

39. Taxes and Duties J. Zaiceva lektore ekon. mag.40. Consumer Behavior L. SeŸivanova docente Dr. oec.41. Personnel Management I.Kirtovskis profesors Dr. oec.42. Principles of Politology J. Ozolz¿le docents Dr. soc.43. Commodity Study I. Voronova docente Dr. oec.44. Presentation Skills A.Kerre lektors45. Technologies of Management Decisions I. Voronova docente Dr. oec.46. Management Accounting V. VasiŸjeva docente Dr. oec.47. Operative Production Planning G. Kozaka docente Dr. sc. ing.48. Organization of Production and Services G. Kozaka docente Dr. sc. ing.49. Principles of Advertising L. SeŸivanova docente Dr. oec.50. Social Security and Insurance N. Novoœilova

I.Voronovadocentedocente

Dr. sc. ing.Dr. oec.

51. International Economy A. Fedotovs A.Kerre

profesorslektors

Dr. ekon. zin.

52. International Market Study L. SeŸivanova docente Dr. oec.53. International Trade Law A. Kuz¥ecovs docents Ties. zin. kand.54. Foreign Language L.BŸudova

L.PanovaLektorelektore

55. Principles of Law L. Jušina profesore Dr. iur.56. Market Research and Projection J.-R.Kalni¥š Prof. Dr. hab. Phis.

Page 65: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

L. SeŸivanova docente Dr. oec.57. Marketing L. SeŸivanova docente Dr. oec.58. Business Economics T.Andrejeva

I.Voronovadocentedocente

Ekon. zin. mag.Dr. oec.

59. Logistics of Business Activities I.Voronova docente Dr. oec.60. Motivation and Social Aspects of Business

ActivitiesL.Vaikute lektore

61. Planning of Business Activities I.VoronovaR. Alsi¥a

docentelektore

Dr. oec.ekon. ma‡.

Nr.

Objects Staff Competence, qualification

1 2 3 4 562. Modern Problems of Business Activities I.Voronova Docente Dr. oec.63. Business Management I. Jevinga Lektore Ekon. ma‡.64. Economics of an Enterprise N.Lace

I.VoronovaDocenteDocente

Dr. oec.Dr. oec.

65. Corporate Finance Management I.Voronova Docente Dr. oec.66. Management Information Systems A. Kudrjavcevs Docents67. Ethics of Management J.Samovi›a Lektore68. Theory of Probabilities and Mathematical

StatisticsV. Burlijs Docents Dr. sc. ing.

69. Economics of Environment V. Urbne Docente dr. chem.

5. Scientific Research Work

Academic personnel providing for the professional syllabus in 1998\1999 academic year had no orders for scientific research work from commercial entities. Despite this, the teacher of STA, Corresponding Member of the Academy of Science of Latvia I. Kirtovskis performs active scientific publication activities. In research of Cambridge International Biographical Centre (Signed and Sealed at the International Biographical Centre, Cambridge, England, 12 May 1998) he was named among 2000 prominent persons of 20 century.

Qualification Improvement Plan for Teachers of the Department of Economics

First name, surname

Qualification improvement 1997/1998 acad. year

Period

1 2 3V. Burly Seminar of the University of Latvia, Institute of

Polymer Mechanics.Work on the Doctor’s Thesis in the Academy of Science of the Republic of Latvia.

I. Kirtovskis Second Annual International Conference in Personnel Management Issues

June 1998, report in the

Page 66: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Discussion of the Academy of Science of Latvia “Topical Issues of National Economy of Latvia”

newspaper B&B, 15.09.1998. Report in B&B

A. Fedotov Association Global View (USA) World Wide Web interactive learning program in the discipline area of economics/business administration/management

September 1998

N. Blumenaua Scientific conferences.M. Volodina International Economic Conference (Tartu

University)April 1998

G. Kozaka Scientific conferences.Probation in enterprises of the Republic of Latvia.

T. Andreyeva International Economic Conference “Competitiveness and Education of the Latvian Entrepreneur” (The Ministry of Economics and the Training Centre of the Institute “Turiba” Ltd.).Work on the Doctor’s Thesis.

L. Selivanova International Economic Conference “Competitiveness and Education of the Latvian Entrepreneur” (The Ministry of Economics and the Training Centre of the Institute “Turiba” Ltd.).

I. Voronova International Seminar “Quality in Education - Quality in Business”

15.10.1998. Riga

Scientific research activities performed within the syllabus of STA have good prospects. One of aspects of scientific research work is course and professional papers of students. During the academic year it is planned to organize a competition of course papers. The best course papers will be recommended for reading in scientific conferences of students.

The major task of the Institute is to raise scientific importance of professional papers and projects for students to be able to use them as a basis of their Master’s work. The task of teachers of economic subjects of the syllabus is to increase the quality of scientific research of students and to consolidate their scientific activities. Scientific work of the teaching staff may take the form of management of students’ scientific work, as well as independent scientific research. In this respect the task of teachers is to raise the level of their scientific publications.

6. Information on Final Examinations

Final examinations in the syllabus of economic studies are held in one stage - defence of the qualification paper.

Regulations on the qualification paper

Page 67: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

In his qualification paper a student is to prove his deep knowledge and scientific approach to the subject.

The syllabus offers and approves subjects of qualification papers. Students are also allowed to offer subjects of their papers independently.

A period of 6 months (total volume of 12 CP) is assigned to writing the qualification paper (from the moment of choosing the subject to the complete paper).

The paper is evaluated by the supervisor having offered the subject (the first expert), as well as by another specialist giving a reference.

The paper is evaluated according to 10-point system.Unless the paper is evaluated positively, the student may lodge an application for

development of another qualification paper (in another subject) within two weeks from the moment of announcement of the mark for the paper at the latest. Repeated defence of the qualification paper is to be held within the following six months. In case the qualification paper received an “unsatisfactory” mark again, the process is not repeated.

A student develops his qualification paper independently in the last term, consulting a supervisor appointed by the Department.The qualification paper is an option of the project solution based on economic and organization analysis of a specific type of business activities, it is developed with literary sources being used, in view of economic and social efficiency.

7. Information on GraduatesThere were three groups of graduates in the economic syllabus - 1994/1995 acad.

year, 1995/1996 acad. year, 1997/1998 acad. year.

8. Students’ Practical WorkStudents’ practical work is organized according to regulations on Students’

Practical Work.Purpose and tasks.The purpose of practical work is to develop skills of application of theoretical knowledge in solution of everyday tasks.The tasks of practical work are deep research of individual issues in the enterprise (at the place of practical work).The content of practical work. The content of practical work is developed and approved together with the enterprise where practical work is arranged.

An executive responsible for conclusion of agreements with different organizations on students’ practical work in their specialities, is engaged in organization of students’ practical work in the Institute.

8.1. REGULATIONS ON PRACTICAL WORKI. General Issues

Volume of practical work - 8 CP; duration - 8 weeks.Period - February, March.

Page 68: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Purpose of practical work - to consolidate theoretical knowledge of students of the faculty of Economics.

Tasks of practical work:general acquaintance with activities of different units of enterprises;mastering practical skills in economics in different units;collection of materials for the course paper.Students are sent to practical work by the order of the Rector of STA.

Organization of working practical work

Studies Department:makes a schedule of practical training according to the general curriculum;submits lists of students specialization to the Department at least a month prior to the

beginning of the practical work.

The Department:develops programs according to specialization;submits them for discussion and approval by the Department;chooses respective enterprises;concludes agreements and assigns students to practical work;develop methods of assessment of practical skills of students.

Prior to practical work a student:is to get acquainted with the order of the Rector and “Regulations on Working Practical

Work”;is to receive his individual assignments from the Department of Economics.Obligations of a student during his practical work:is to observe internal rules and regulations;is to write a report on his working practical work;in case a student defaults the program of working practical work, he is not allowed to

pass the following session.

II. Management of Training Practical Work2.1. The Chairman of the Department manages and co-ordinates training practical work.2.2. The Department provides for fulfilment of plans and material materials of practical work.2.3. The Department organizes and controls all events and progress of practical work, assigns managers of practical work.2.4. The Department organizes defence of reports on practical work and summarizes data.

III. Report on Working Practical Work3.1. On the basis of data received, students economists make a report on their practical work.

Page 69: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

3.2. A report is a document that certifies fulfilment of the program of practical work.3.3. When writing their reports, students develop their skills to analyze and summarize material.3.4. Figures, diagrams and tables with descriptions are enclosed to the report.3.5. The report contains a student’s propositions for improvement of the standard base.3.6. The report is signed by the student and approved by the chairman of the Department.3.7. At the end of his practical work, the student receives a test according to 10-point system.3.8. A student answers questions of practical work and receives a mark including assessment of the assignment of his individual practical work.3.9. A test for practical work is accepted by the commission consisting of the Chairman of the Department and teachers being supervisors of course papers.

8.2. PROGRAM OF PRACTICAL WORKPurpose and tasks of practical work Purpose:to consolidate theoretical knowledge and to acquire practical skills in work of the

economist;to acquire skills of organization work;to collect materials required for the graduation paper, to analyze and study them.

Tasks:to consolidate and extend theoretical knowledge in solving specific economic tasks;to get acquainted with activities of various commercial units;to acquire practical skills in economic activities in different units;to master application of legislation and standard acts regulating business activities in

practical activities.

Organization of practical workStudents pass their practical work in enterprises, banks, insurance companies and other business units.Prior to practical work students are to get acquainted with Regulations on Practical Work and to receive their individual assignments from the Department of Economics.Students settle all matters related to organization of their practical work with teachers of the Department - managers of practical work.

Content of practical workAssignments for students passing their practical work in business units:to get acquainted with business units classification in the Republic of Latvia;to study economic mechanism of the enterprise functioning;to study the situation of the enterprise according to the following issues and types of

solution:- the investment program;- use of loans and their effectiveness;- accounting of material values in the enterprise;

Page 70: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

- accounting of cash, bank transactions and commodity;- the accounting and statistical report.

to evaluate financial situation of the enterprise:analysis of the enterprise solvency and liquidity;analysis of the set-up of funds sources;analysis of assets turnover;analysis of the enterprise yield.

Assignments for students passing their practical work in bank institutions (commercial banks):to get acquainted with the organization structure of commercial banks;to describe activities of commercial banks;to state the role and place of the given commercial bank in the credit system of the

Republic of Latvia;to study the balance sheet of the commercial bank;

- to get acquainted with the content of the balance sheet;- to make structural analysis of the balance sheet;- to evaluate activities of the commercial bank;

to master transactions of the commercial bank:- passive- active- financial services (leasing, factoring, forfeiting, trust transactions)

Assignments for students passing their practical work in insurance companies:to get acquainted with classification of types of insurance;to get acquainted with organization principles of set-up of insurance companies;to master planning methods of insurance operations;to master methods of economic analysis of insurance operations;to study issues of accounting and reporting in insurance companies.

Documents of practical work

During his practical work a student keeps “A Journal of Practical Work”. His actions are stated in this document on a daily basis. Upon finishing his practical work, a student submit a report on his practical work conforming to requirements, the Journal and a reference to the Department. The report is to be filed in a special folder and signed by the enterprise and the student and approved by the Department. Upon completing of his practical work, a student receives a reference from the place of his practical work.

Defending and evaluation of practical workPractical work is evaluated by a commission consisting of the Chairman of the Department and teachers of the Department.The report on practical work is evaluated according to 10-point system.

9. Social Activities and International Cooperation of STA

Page 71: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Establishing contacts and close cooperation with the Ministry of Education and Science, other ministries of the Republic of Latvia, supervising activities of the Institute, the Academy of Science of Latvia, The Rectors Council, the Council for Higher Education, the Latvian Association of Professors of Higher Educational Establishments, the Academic Council, the Latvian Association of Students, and other public organizations.

Close, specific cooperation with other higher educational establishments of the Republic of Latvia, including participation in exchange of professors and teachers, joint scientific conferences, etc.

Discussion of the national concept of development of higher education and higher educational establishments of the Republic of Latvia, preparing initiatives and recommendations.

Participation in accreditation of syllabi and the higher educational establishment of STA according to regulations of the Cabinet of the Republic of Latvia, in cooperation with all state and public institutions.

Implementation of agreements for cooperation with such foreign higher educational establishments as Gdansk University (Poland), Tartu University (Estonia).

Exchange of information, as well as cooperation events were also arranged with colleagues from Lithuania, Finland, Hungary, Czechia, Germany, Great Britain.

A special cooperation channel has been established with the Private School “Frisby Home of English” (of Cambridge University), improvement of command of the English language of students of STA is arranged both on the spot, and in Great Britain too.

STA actively uses Internet networks, and extends systems of external contacts in more than one way.

Development of cooperation with organizations, companies through the system of practical work of students.

Modern circumstances dictate the necessity to develop international cooperation with other higher educational establishments. STA has specific prospects of cooperation with higher educational establishments of more than one state.

Upon graduation from the Institute part of students wish to continue education in their speciality abroad.

STA has plans for further cooperation with higher educational establishments of Germany:Ludwig Maximilians University, Munich - in study of international economic zones (prospect for graduates from the syllabus of economic studies);Bremen University - Master’s syllabus of European and international law (prospect for graduates from the syllabus of law studies);Konstanz University - for receiving an academic degree by graduates of the syllabus of studies of psychology.

In order to continue studies knowledge of at least two foreign languages (English and German) is required.Students may improve their knowledge of the English language in England, in the private School “Frisby Home of English”, the Institute having regular contacts with it.

In order to verify conformity of the syllabi of STA to syllabi of higher educational establishments of Europe, the Institute has received references of its syllabi from

Page 72: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

University of Westminster (England), Gdansk University (see references in the Appendix).

In view of priorities chosen, improvement of syllabi is envisaged, with optional courses required to continue studies being introduced.

Another way of cooperation is invitation of lecturers from higher educational establishments of European states to teach specific courses.

Nr.

Objects File1 2 3

ACCREDITATION DOCUMENTS

of study programm

STA.doc

1. Principles of Auditing A1.doc2. Higher Mathematics A2.doc3. Economics of Banking A3.doc4. Business Analysis and Strategy A5.doc5. Principles of Business Security A6.doc6. Business Skills in Registration A4.doc7. Collection and Processing of Business Information A66.doc8. Mathematical Modeling in Business A34.doc9. Business Systems A7.doc

10. Civil Defense A8.doc11. Labor Protection A9.doc12. Manpower Market Control A10.doc13. Principles of Computer Technologies A11.doc14. Principles of Europe Integration A15.doc15. Law of the European Community A16.doc16. Economic Statistics A14.doc17. History of Economic Ideas A12.doc18. Principles of Philosophy A20.doc19. Mathematics of Finance A17.doc20. Principles of Finance A19.doc21. Financial Accounting A18.doc22. Accounting in Business A21.doc23. Introduction into Sociology A51.doc24. Economics of Innovations A22.doc25. Investment Economy A23.doc26. Investment Management A24.doc27. Principles of Business Activities A25.doc28. Communications in Business A26.doc29. Quality Control Systems A27.doc30. Quantitative Methods in Business A28.doc31. Latvian Language A29.doc32. Analysis of Economy of Latvia A13.doc33. History of Latvian Culture A30.doc34. Macroeconomics A32.doc35. Small-Scale Business Management A35.doc36. Principles of Retail Trade Organization A36.doc

Page 73: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

37. Methods of Acquiring Learning Skills A31.doc38. Microeconomics A37.doc39. Taxes and Duties A40.doc40. Consumer Behavior A44.doc41. Personnel Management A45.doc

Page 74: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Nr.

Objects File1 2 3

42. Principles of Politology A46.doc43. Commodity Study A47.doc44. Presentation Skills A48.doc45. Technologies of Management Decisions A42.doc46. Management Accounting A43.doc47. Operative Production Planning A41.doc48. Organization of Production and Services A49.doc49. Principles of Advertising A50.doc50. Social Security and Insurance A52.doc51. International Economy A53.doc52. International Market Study A55.doc53. International Trade Law A54.doc54. Foreign Language A69.doc55. Principles of Law A56.doc56. Market Research and Projection A57.doc57. Marketing A33.doc58. Business Economics A59.doc59. Logistics of Business Activities A61.doc60. Motivation and Social Aspects of Business Activities A38.doc61. Planning of Business Activities A62.doc62. Modern Problems of Business Activities A39.doc63. Business Management A63.doc64. Economics of an Enterprise A58.doc65. Corporate Finance Management A60.doc66. Management Information Systems A65.doc67. Ethics of Management A64.doc68. Theory of Probabilities and Mathematical Statistics A67.doc69. Economics of Environment A68.doc

Translated from Latvian

Benefits of the Syllabus

According to methodical instructions approved by Order No 272 of the Republic of Latvia Ministry of Education and Science of June 5, 1996, the syllabus is evaluated as follows (4-excellent; 3-highly satisfactory; 2- satisfactory; 1- unsatisfactory):

No Indication evaluated Points

Purposes and tasks 4

Content and organization of studies 3

Teaching and knowledge assessment 3

Studies assurance and control 3

Page 75: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Scientific research and creative work of the teaching staff and students

2

Quality assurance and guarantee 3

1. In organizing studies of the syllabus “Business Economics and Administrative Work”, the Institute has found its place in manpower market by training medium- and small-size business specialists. It is in medium- and small-size business that most graduates from the Institute find their place. Positive evaluation of STA has formed in the Republic, which is proved by the growing number of applicants both in the Russian, and Latvian language flows.

2. In order to raise competitiveness of graduates from the Institute in manpower marker and make it possible for them to continue their studies for the Master’s degree, the following changes have been made in the syllabus:

2.1. the studies duration has been extended up to 5 years;

2.2. a standard course of Bachelor’s syllabus of 70 CP has been included in the syllabus of professional studies;

2.3. the block of major subjects has been improved which promotes professional training of specialists.

3. Changes have been made in the composition and content of studies:

3.1. the syllabus comprises three blocks:

The block of major subjects - 143 CP

The block of natural sciences and technical subjects - 27 CP

The block of humanities and social subjects - 30 CP

3.2. Quantitative and qualitative changes have been made in the block of major subjects:

The block includes 7 branches:

subjects of economic theory 12 CP (8.4%)

basic subjects of management 15 CP (10.5%)

basic subjects of finance economics 39 CP (27.2%)

subjects of analytical accounting 25 CP (17.5%)

subjects of commerce studies 24 CP (16.8%)

subjects of the law 8 CP (5.6%)

practical work and qualification paper 20 CP (14%)

Total 143 CP (100%)

3.3. The syllabus provides for options of major subjects:

Page 76: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

business economics

business management

economics and management of services

The syllabus of 2 Year includes obligatory major subjects to the amount of 17 CP or 12% of the total volume of the block of major subjects, as well as subjects of restricted option to the amount of 12 CP or 8.4% of the total volume of the block of major subjects.

4. The number of subjects conforming to the internationally accepted syllabus of economic studies has been increased in the syllabus. This has been achieved by including the following subjects in the syllabus:

major subjects of economics: Planning of Business Activities (4 CP), Logistics of Business Activities (4 CP), Investment Economy (3 CP), Economics of Innovations (3 CP), Social Security and Insurance (3 CP), Economics of an Enterprise (3 CP), etc.

subjects of analytical accounting: Management Accounting (5 CP), Technologies of Management Decisions (3 CP), Business Skills in Registration (3 CP)

subjects of commerce studies: Market Research and Projection (4 CP), Commodity Study (3 CP), as well as optional subjects: Principles of Advertising (2 CP) or Consumer behaviour (2 CP), or International Market Study (2 CP) or Principles of Retail Trade Organization (2 CP)

management subjects: Small-Scale Business Management (4 CP), Management Information Systems (3 CP), Investment Management (3 CP), Personnel Management, as well as optional subjects: Ethics of Management 2 CP) or Presentation Skills (2 CP) or Manpower Market Control (2 CP)

subjects of the law: Principles of European Integration (2 CP), Law of the European Community (2 CP) and optional subjects: International Trade Law (2 CP) pr Principles of Business Safety (2 CP)

5. The syllabus includes the block of natural studies and technical subjects to the amount of 27 CP, 17 CP of them corresponding to subjects of standard course of Bachelor’s syllabus; other subjects - Principles of Computer Technologies (5 CP), Collection and Processing of Business Information (3 CP), Mathematical Modelling in Business (4 CP) allow students to master computer use for simulation of modern economic processes and data processing. In specific subjects of many courses computers are used for simulation of the following economic processes: Quantitative Methods, Organization of Production and Services, Business Economics, Market Research and Projection, etc. Students may acquire knowledge in Labour Protection and Civil Defence (3 CP).

6. The following work has been performed for optimization of language studies:

Page 77: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

3 and 4 Year students may continue their language studies in business syllabus (an optional subject for a special charge)

for students of the Russian language flow specific subjects are taught in the Latvian (English) language. Special sets of notes, distribution materials are developed. Teachers J. Jevinga, J.R. Kalninsh, Y. Voronova, N. Lace, V. Urbane make active work.

7. In order to improve control of the studies process organization and specialists training, the following measures are envisaged:

7.1. In the syllabus assessment of knowledge is stated and recorded in each subject.

Basic teaching methods and means include:

active activities in seminars and practical classes, discussions, presentations, business games;

fulfilment of home works, exercises;

writing reports, surveys; collection of information in the subject given

intermediate - passing tests

final examination - a test or examination. 60% of examinations are written (students are offered to choose the correct answer from more than one offered, to give an independent answer, as well as mixed type questioning of knowledge)

40% of examinations are of the form of mixed type questioning of knowledge: arguments for a written answer and an oral answer

70% of tests are of mixed form: tests, arguments for a written answer and an oral answer

30% of tests are held in the form of oral questioning

7.2. In order to develop professional skills in making, justification of calculations, making a business plan, making analytical accounting transactions, mastering skills of office work, the syllabus provides for fulfilment of 11 works. The set-up and content of each work are stated in the course syllabus. Requirements for filing the work are unified and stated in the publication “How to write and file reports, course papers and graduation papers correctly” Methodical Recommendations (the author E. Liepinsh. Riga STI, 1007. - 46 pages)

Shortages of the Syllabus

1. The level of students involvement in research work is insufficient. Operation of the system of promotion of students participation in competitions of course papers, reports is weak, no competitions are arranged in individual major subjects.

Page 78: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

2. Theoretical and practical skills in computer devices are not applied in full, as currently there is no statutory requirement for students to make computer print-outs of academic works.

3. The STA Library supplies 40-60% of students of their total number with teaching books in major subjects. Students are supplied with teaching literature in the following subjects in full: micro- and macroeconomics, mastering business systems, business management, accounting in an enterprise, higher mathematics. This % is lower in the other major subjects. For the time being students lack skills in search for and finding information in Internet, although the Institute is connected to the same. Supply with teaching literature in the Latvian language is insufficient, especially so in finance accounting. Academic educational establishments of Latvia should arrange for translation Western teaching literature with common efforts.

4. Similar to other higher educational establishments, STA has not settled such ethical problem as cribbing in examinations and tests either.

5. Formality is observed in relations of teachers and students on the Institute which is due not only to traditions, but also to the role of teachers in the teaching process to a great extent. The teacher gives information to the student and checks up his knowledge, and less attention is paid to the teacher and the student as a joint team in fulfilment of practical targets (for example, development of joint sets of notes, execution of orders from enterprises).

6. Part of teachers and students of our Faculty have poorer (passive) knowledge in the English language which does not allow them to get acquainted with recent teaching literature and scientific information with sufficient effectiveness.

Course Descriptions

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: P

rinciples of AuditingModule Code: 2ECO358\458\558Leader: Yevgeniya Zaitseva, master of econ.Lecturer Yevgeniya Zaitseva, master of econ.Module Level: 3/4/5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.

Page 79: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Pre-requisites: Subjects of analytical accountingCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course acquaints students with the nature, basic purposes, types and essential methods of audit used in auditing activities.

PurposesTo give knowledge of the nature and meaning of audit.To acquaint students with basic tasks of audit.To give knowledge of the nature of audit and its role in business activities.

To master skills of auditing and stock-taking, making an audit report, preparing a statement of the auditing commission, making an application and designing a program for audit control.

Learning outcomesUpon completing this module, students are to know and to be able to explain:The nature, purposes, meaning and basic regulations of auditing.

Regulations of auditing activities in the Republic of Latvia.Methods used in auditing activities.To plan and organize stock-taking and auditing in enterprises.

To make a report and to write conclusions on stock-taking and auditing results.

Module contentAuditing and control: meaning, principles, tasks, types and forms. Description of work of audit companies: responsibility of the auditor, auditing risk, its types and calculations, ethical principles of the auditor’s activities. General technology of auditing. Choice of customers. Arrangement with the customer and conclusion of a contract. Getting acquainted with the customer’s business. Planning of the auditor’s activities. Collection of data during auditing. Testing of the internal control system. Audit information: types and meaning.Organization of audit and control: stock-taking - planning of audits, methods of losses calculation, making an audit report; preparing a statement of the auditing commission. Verification of funds of an enterprise. Verification of cash flow. Verification of settlements of enterprises with their partners. Verification of the cycle of income and expenses of an enterprise. Auditing of annual reports of an enterprise. Auditor’s report.

Teaching methodsLectures, practical classes, individual work with the student, work in a group. Tasks and situations are solved and analyzed in practical classes, which helps students understand principles and nature of auditing and control.

AssessmentPractical work (during the business game) -10%Positive knowledge shown in seminars - 20%Positive knowledge shown in examination - 70%

Page 80: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Grmatved¿bas un audita pamati starptautisko standartu skat¿jum: seminra materili. - R.: LU, 1994. -143 lpp.Grmatveœu profesionls ºtikas pamatnostdnes. -R., Zvºrinto revidentu konsultciju birojs, 1995. -45 lpp.LR likums “Par uz¥ºmumu gada prskatiem”.LR Finansu Ministrijas instrukcija “Par inventarizciju”Starptautiskie rev¿zijas standarti -R., 1994.Àíäðååâà Â.Ä. Ïðàêòè÷åñêèé àóäèò: ñïðàâî÷íîå ïîñîáèå - Ì.: Ýêîíîìèêà, 1994. - 280 ñ.Àäàìñ Ð. Îñíîâû àóäèòà - Ì.: Àóäèò, 1995.Àðåíñ Ý.À., Ëîááåê Äæ. Ê. Àóäèò. - Ì.: Ôèíàíñû è ñòàòèñòèêà, 1995.Àóäèò Ìîíòãîìåðè. - Ì.: Àóäèò, 1997.

Highest educational establishment

STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: H

igher MathematicsModule Code: 1ECO101Leader: Doc. Nina Blumenaua, dr. sc. ing.Module Level: 1Credit Value: 3Module length: 1 termNumber of hours per week: 4 hoursPre-requisites: At the level of the secondary school syllabusCo-requisites: none

SynopsisIn this module students master mathematical analysis and mathematical methods that are widely used in solution of business tasks. Analytical geometry with elements of linear algebra, theory of probabilities and elements of mathematical statistics are taught separately in other courses of our Institute.

PurposeTo acquaint students of economic speciality with mathematical apparatus required to be

able to solve theoretical and practical tasks in economics;To teach to independently study teaching literature;To teach to independently read modern scientific literature and manuals;To develop logical thinking and to increase general mathematical culture.

Learning outcomes

Page 81: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Upon mastering this module, students are to be able:to independently study teaching literature;to independently read modern scientific literature and manuals;to be able to solve a few theoretical and practical tasks.Upon completing this module, students are meant to develop logical thinking and the

level of general mathematical culture.

Module contentMathematical sentences (axiom, theorem, definition). Elements of set theory. The set of real numbers. One-argument function. General properties of functions. Existence of an inverse function. Elementary basic functions. Number series. Series limit. Limit of one-argument function. Theorems on limits. Indeterminacies. Comparison of infinitesimal functions. The first and second extreme limits. The number e. Function continuity. Basic properties of a closed interval continuous function. Geometric illustration of a derivative. Function derivation. Derivation of a function given parametrically. Derivatives of higher order. Second-order derivative of a function given parametrically. Differential of a function. Basic theorems of differential calculus. Lopital charter and its application in limits calculation. Taylor’s formula. Study of functions with application of differential calculus. Multiple-argument function. Definition of the limit of a function of two arguments. Continuity in a point and area. Definition and geometrical illustration of partial derivatives. Higher-order partial derivatives of a multiple-argument function. Exact differential of a multiple-argument function. Indirect differentiation, the law of invariable form of an exact differential. Second-order exact differentials of a multiple-argument function. Taylor’s formula for a function of two arguments. Derivative in the given direction and gradient. Extreme of multiple-argument function. Conventional extremes. Finding higher and lower values of functions. Primitive function. Indefinite integral. Definition of definite integral. The formula of Newton - Leibniz. Improper integrals. Numerical series. Function series. Fourier series.

Teaching methodsTheory is taught to students in lectures;Solution of tasks and exercises is the basis of seminars;Individual independent home tasks (Laboratory works), they are checked up in talks with

the student;Joint home works;Test works;Examination;Consultations.

AssessmentExamination:the level of knowledge of theory: written replies to theoretical questions and arguments of the oral answer - 25%;skills to solve tasks: solution of written tasks and, if required, oral arguments of the solution - 50%;observance of works during the term - 25%.

Page 82: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Marks in the examination - 100%.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Revina J., Gulbe M., PeŸ¥a M., Bli¥a S. Uzdevumu krjums matemtik ekonomistiem. – R.: Zvaigzne ABC, 1997. – 168 lpp.

Ðteiners K. Funkcija: Metodiskâ izstrâdne. - Rîga: P.Stuèkas LVU, 1986. - 84 lpp.Ðteiners K. Robeþa: Metodiskâ izstrâdne. - Rîga: P.Stuèkas LVU, 1987. - 97 lpp.Ðteiners K. Atvasinâjums: Metodiskâ izstrâdne. - Rîga: P.Stuèkas LVU, 1988. - 78 lpp.Ðteiners K. Diferenciâlvienâdojumi: Metodiskâ izstrâdne. - Rîga: LU, 1992. - 100 lpp.Ðteiners K. Rindas: Metodiskâ izstrâdne. - Rîga: P.Stuèkas LVU, 1984. - 84 lpp.Kronbergs E., Rivþa P., Boþe Dz. Augstâkâ matemâtika. Divâs daïâs.1. daïa. Rîga, “Zvaigzne”, 1988. – 534 lpp.Kronbergs E., Rivþa P., Boþe Dz. Augstâkâ matemâtika. Divâs daïâs. 2. daïa. Rîga, “Zvaigzne”, 1988. – 527 lpp.Nikoïskis S. Matemâtiskâ analîze. 1. Daïa. Rîga, “Zvaigzne”, 1976. – 455 lpp.Nikoïskis S. Matemâtiskâ analîze. 1. Daïa. Rîga, “Zvaigzne”, 1977. – 422 lpp.Ñáîðíèê çàäà÷ ïî ìàòåìàòèêå äëÿ âòóçîâ. ×.1./Ïîä ðåä.Åôèìîâà À.Â. è Äåìèäîâè÷à Á.Ï. - Ì.: 1986. 461 с.Ñáîðíèê çàäà÷ ïî ìàòåìàòèêå äëÿ âòóçîâ. ×.2./Ïîä ðåä.Åôèìîâà À.Â. è Äåìèäîâè÷à Á.Ï. - Ì.: 1986. 367 с.Ãðèíãëàç Ë. Âûñøàÿ ìàòåìàòèêà äëÿ ýêîíîìèñòîâ. Ðèãà: Ðèæñêèé èíñòèòóò ìèðîâîé ýêîíîìèêè, 1996. – 336 ñ.Бугров Я.С., Никольский С.М. Дифференциальное и интегральное исчисление. - Ì.: 1986. 461 с.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: E

conomics of bankingModule Code: 2ECO355\455\555Leader: Natalya Lace, Docent, dr. oec.Lecturer Natalya Lace, Docent, dr. sc. ing.

Tatyana Andreyeva, Docent, master of econ.Module Level: 3\4\5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Macroeconomics, Principles of FinanceCo-requisites: None

Description of the moduleThe module presents a survey of bank system of Latvia, active bank transactions and bank balance sheet, the process of money-making in bank system; effectiveness of bank functioning, indications of its stability, bank services used in business activities.PurposesTo give a full idea of the bank, its purposes, functions, structure.

Page 83: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

To master skills of reading and analysis of the bank balance sheet.To establish understanding of the nature of bank transactions.Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students are to be able:

To make use of skills required to receive a loan from a bank.To interpret bank ratings.

To understand the nature of factoring and leasing transactions.To make a schedule of loan repayment.to independently study teaching literature;

Module contentBank system in Latvia, its development, foundation of banks, procedures of licensing, stability and profitability of banks. Commercial banks and their functions. Liabilities and assets of banks. Bank rating. Bank services used in business activities: organization of settlements, cash transactions, credit policy of banks, currency exchange, payment cards. The nature, sources, types, security of credit, forms of credit.Analytical work in evaluation of customer solvency and credit standing, financial stability and rating indications.Assessment:During their studies make 1 independent work 30%Final questioning (test) 70%

BIBLIOGRAPHYMonetrais apskats. Monetary review.- Latvijas Banka, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997.Libermanis G. Nauda, inflcija, valžtas kurss. R., Kamene, Ekonomists, 1994, 132 lp.Äoëaí Ýpâèí Äæ., Kýìïáeëë Koëèí Ä., Kýìïáeëë Poçìapè Äæ. Äeíüãè, áaíêoâcêoe äeëo è

äeíeæío-êpeäèòíaÿ ïoëèòèêa./Ïep. c aíãë. M.-Ë., 1991Ócocêèí B.M. Coâpeìeííûé êoììep÷ecêèé áaíê: yïpaâëeíèe è oïepaöèè. M., ÈÏÖ “Baçap-

Ôeppo”, 1994 -320 c.Ôèíaícû. Äeíeæíoe oápaùeíèe. Kpeäèò. Ó÷eáíèê äëÿ âyçoâ. Ïoä peä. ïpoô. Ë.A.

Äpoáoçèíoé. M., Ôèíaícû, ÞHÈTÈ, 1997 - 497 c.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: B

usiness Skills in AccountingModule Code: 1ECO430Leader: Valentina Vasilyeva, Docent, dr. oec.Lecturer Valentina Vasilyeva, Docent, dr. oec.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one term

Page 84: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Number of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: Principles of computer technologiesCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe module considers issues of peculiarities of accounting and control organization in different types of business activities (in trade, advertising and in the sphere of investments). Different accounting computer programs are demonstrated.

PurposesTo extend theoretical knowledge in organization of accounting and control in specific

types of business activities.To teach to use management and financial accounting in making operative, tactical and

strategic decisions.To acquaint with recent changes in accounting organization in enterprises.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, students:

Are to know methodical principles of organization of accounting, control and auditing in an enterprise.

Are to be able to organize analysis and control of document flow of an enterprise.Are to know peculiarities of accounting organization in specific types of business

activities.Are to know international accounting standards.Are to know international accounting practice, are to have skills of analysis of

international business activities.Are to keep accounting with the help of computer programs.Are to be able to use accounting data in making operative, current and strategic management decisions.

Module contentThe content and procedures of development of international accounting standards. Accounting of current assets and short-term liabilities. Influence of inflation on indications of the financial statement and making reports in conditions of inflation.Organization and analysis of document movement in an enterprise. The role of accounting and control in the system of measures for materials saving. Peculiarities of accounting in different types of business activities: trade, advertising, investment foundations.Introduction of computer programs in corporate accounting. Practical work in accounting.

Teaching methods and meansLectures, practical classes, individual work with a student, work in groups. Tasks and situations that help students understand accounting methods in business are solved and analyzed in practical classes.

AssessmentExamination:

Page 85: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Participation in practical classes - 30%Positive knowledge in the examination - 70%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Zaiceva J. Grmatved¿bas organizºšanas un krtošanas noteikumi un prakse Latvij. – R.: SIA “Mamuts”, SIA “Grosbuhs”, 1997. – 287 lpp.

Ñîëîâüåâà Î.Â. Çàðóáåæíûå ñòàíäàðòû ó÷åòà è îò÷åòíîñòè. – Ì.: Àíàëèòèêà – Ïðåññ, 1988. – 288 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: B

usiness Analysis and StrategyModule Code: 1ECO434Leader: Galina Kozak, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Lecturer: Galina Kozak, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 4 CP Module length: one termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: Organization of production and services.

Business economics.Co-requisites: none

Description of the moduleThe given module covers principles of theory of analysis, organization and methods of analysis, as well as ways of stating factors influencing and contributing to increase of business profitability and effectiveness.Teaching purposes1. To acquaint students with plans, views, reviews and other sources of information.2. To teach methods of analysis of indications of activities to students.3. To teach students to independently analyze business and financial activities of a

business entity as a whole, as well as effectiveness of its specific indications.4. To teach students to independently state mutual effect of various factors on

activities of business entities.Learning outcomesUpon completing the module, students are to know and to be able:1. The role and place of analysis in business activities.2. Methods of analysis.3. To independently analyze technical and economic situation in business entities.4. To independently analyze financial situation in business entities.

Page 86: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

5. To independently perform a course paper.Module contentThe role and place of analysis in business activities and economic management. Types, methods and ways of analysis of business activities. Types of information and description of their technical and economic sources. Analysis of indications of organization technical level and technical development. Analysis of financial situation. Evaluation of results of analysis. Making strategic decisions.Teaching methods and meansTeaching includes weekly lectures and practical classes with solution of tasks.AssessmentThe examination (written) where one has to answer one theoretical question and solve one task.

BIBLIOGRAPHYÁàêàíîâ Ì.È., Øåðåìåò À.Ä. Òåîðèÿ Ýêîíîìè÷åñêîãî àíàëèçà. Ó÷åáíèê. - Ì.: Ôèíàíñû è

ñòàòèñòèêà, 1997. - 415 ñ.Êîíäðàêîâ Í.Ï. Áóõãàëòåðñêèé ó÷åò, àíàëèç õîçÿéñòâåííîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè è àóäèò. Ì.,

Ïåðñïåêòèâà, 1994 - 339 ñ.Ôèíàíñîâûé àíàëèç äåÿòåëüíîñòè êîììåð÷åñêèõ ñòðóêòóð. Ó÷åáíèê. Ïîä ðåä. Á.È.

Ìàéäàí÷èêà. - Ì.: Ôèíàíñû è ñòàòèñòèêà, 1994. - 230 ñ.Ðèøàð Æ. Àóäèò è àíàëèç õîçÿéñòâåííîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè. - Ì.: Àóäèò ÞÍÈÒÈ, 1997.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Principles of Business SecurityModule Code: 2ECO356\456\556Leader: A

leksander RomanovLecturer: Aleksander RomanovModule Level: 3 or 4 or 5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SYNOPSISIn this module an insight into issues and problems of business security is given to

students, analysis thereof is made and knowledge of protection of business against unlawful interference is acquired.

PURPOSES1. Formation, development and consolidation of theoretical knowledge of students in

the sphere of business security.

Page 87: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

2. To teach to analyze business activities in terms of security in a correct legal prospect.

3. To teach to be competent in the system of guarding state and private rights.4. To master types and methods of assuring business security.

LEARNING OUTCOMESUpon completing this module, students are to be able:1. To apply their knowledge in organization of business security.2. To develop different methods of business protection against unlawful interference.3. To choose optimum types in assuring personal security, intellectual and property

security.4. To put forward their propositions and to defend them in discussion.

MODULE CONTENTBusiness analysis in security category. Personal security. Extreme situations. Self-

defence as a means of assuring personal security. Partner diagnostics. Protection of private rights as a means of assuring personal security. Principles of private detective security activities. Intellectual security. Protection of commercial secrets. Planning of activities in business protection. Protection and security of computer programs. Criminal legal protection of business.

TEACHING METHODSThe module is meant for independent studies within the syllabus. Studies last for

one term. Students participate in seminars controlled by the lecturer. Non-conventional types of presentation of teaching material are also used, situation games, discussions on the given subject, controlled by the lecturer of the Module leader being a source of information in this case, are held in classes within the module syllabus. Students write test works or a report to be handed in at the end of the term.

ASSESSMENT1. Test works or reports - 30%2. Knowledge shown in seminars - 20%

Positive knowledge shown in the examination - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Êðûñèí À. Â. - Áåçîïàñíîñòü â ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñêîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè - Ì., ôèíàíñû è ñòàòèñòèêà , 1996.

Ëó÷åíîê À. È. - Ìîøåííè÷åñòâî â áèçíåñå - Ìèíñê : 1997. Êðûñèí À. Â. - Áåçîïàñíîñòü ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñêîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè â ÑØÀ. - Ì.: Àêàäåìèÿ ýêîíîìèè

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Business Systems

Page 88: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Module Code: 1ECO106Leader: I. KirtovskisLecturer: I. KirtovskisModule Level: 1 yearCredit Value: 2 CPModule length: 1 termNumber of hours per week: 3hr.Pre-requisites: Knowledge of basics of business and of the

module “Basics of Computer Technologies”Co-requisites: Non

Description of the ModuleThe module gives an idea of methods, structure and purposes of business

activities. The module acquaints students with principal forms of business, conditions of competition. The module gives an idea of the main principles of the company management.

Teaching PurposesTo provide a students wich the knowledge about the Business Systems To analyse the mechanisms of the bussiness managements.To teach the Students to make use of the flow the information for the accepting solution.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of this module, the student is to be able:1. To be competent in basic functions of business.2. To be competent in peculiarities of various types of business.3. To make decisions in the company management.4. To make a personal contribution to achievement of prospective and short-term

purposes of the organisation.5. To evaluate methods of information management within the company activities.

Module ContentBusiness activities. Types of business activities. Business activities in financial

sphere. Conditions of business activities. Subjects of business activities. Objects of business activities. Making an entrepreneur’s decision. Capital management. Securities management. Types of partner relations. Organisation and legal forms of enterprises. Management of the entrepreneur’s activities. Competition and risk of business activities. Accounting and organisation of business management.

Teaching Methods In lectures students get acquainted with basics of the module. Independently study

recommended literature, write a course paper. In practical classes analyse various situations in business with the help of a computer program.

AssessmentTotal assessment:

Page 89: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

a) practical work 30%c) the final examination 70%

BIBLIOGRAPHYNiedr¿te L. Microsoft Excel 5.0 lietpratºjiem: Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis. – R.: ComputerLand\

R¿ga, 1997. – 172 lpp.D.Ðíiltere. Uzòçmuma vadîðana. Rîga. 1998.Áóñèãèí À. Â. Ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñòâî. – Ì. : ÈÍÔÐÀ - Ì , 1997.Îñíîâû ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñòâà . Ì.: Ãàðäàðèêà, 1996.Êàðëáåðã Ê. Áèçíåñ-àíàëèç ñ ïîìîùüþ Excel. Ïåð. ñ àíãë. – Ê.: Äèàëåêòèêà, 1997. – 448

ñ.Êðóòèê À. Á. , Ïèìåíîâà À. Ë. Ââåäåíèå â ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñêóþ äåÿòåëüíîñòü. ÑÏÁ.:

Ïîëèòåõíèêà, 1995.Ñîëÿíêèí À.À. Êîìïüþòåðèçàöèÿ ôèíàíñîâîãî àíàëèçà è ïðîãíîçèðîâàíèÿ â áàíêå. – Ì.:

Ôèíñòàòèíôîðì, 1998. – 96 ñ.Îâ÷àðåíêî Î.Å. Ôèíàíñîâî-ýêîíîìè÷åñêèå ðàñ÷åòû â Excel.- Èíôîðìàöèîííî-èçäàòåëüñêèé äîì

“Ôèëèí”, 1997. – 152 ñ.Tom Cannon . Enterpise: creation, development and growth. Heinmann. 1991.P. F. Drucker. Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Problems. Harper and Row

1982.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Civil DefenceModule Code: 1ECO321Leader: Aleksandr Romanov, paed. mag.Lecturer: Aleksandr Romanov, paed. mag.Module Level: 3Credit Value: 1 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SynopsisThe task of the module of civil defence according to the law of the Republic of Latvia is to acquaint students with action during natural and technogenic catastrophes, in cases of accidents and break-downs for the purpose of preventing panic, reducing or preventing possible losses, teaching one to start up correct activities until the moment of arrival of professional rescuers or medical men, to act competently and with sufficient qualification under their guidance, as well as to render assistance to victims.

Purposes

Page 90: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1. To acquaint students with basic types of weapons of mass annihilation and types of defence against them.

2. To teach observance of regulations of behaviour and activities in the area of nuclear destruction, in case of natural calamities and technological accidents.

3. To teach to render first medical aid, develop moral and psychological stability.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students are to be able and to know:1. Classification of weapons of mass annihilation.2. To use individual and collective protective means, means of radiation and

chemical surveying.3. To render first medical aid.

Module contentHistory of civil defence. The general concept of nuclear weapons. Chemical weapons. Bacteriological weapons. Ignition weapons. Individual and collective protective means. Means of radiation and chemical surveying. Types and means of special treatment. Surveying in civil defence. Organization and performance of urgent emergency and rescuing works. Liquidation of consequences of natural calamities and industrial accidents. Management of civil defence. Regulations of behaviour and activities of people during natural calamities and industrial accidents. Rendering first medical aid. Moral and psychological preparation of people.

Teaching methodsBasic teaching proceeds in the form of lectures, with special attention being paid to practical application of legal norms. Knowledge is tested by means of test works on regular basis, seminars are organized too.

AssessmentTotal assessment consists of three elements:1. Test works or reports 30%2. Knowledge shown in seminars 10%Positive knowledge shown in the test 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

LR likums “Par Latvijas republikas civilo aizsardz¿bu”. 22.01.1993.LR likums “Par iz¥ºmuma stvokli”. LR AP un Vald¿bas Zi¥otjs. 1992.g. nr. 51/52.

LR likums “Par radicijas droš¿bu un kodoldroš¿bu” Saeim un MK nr. 78. 21.12.1994.

LR likums “Par valsts aizsardz¿bu” Saeim un MK nr. 77. 14.12.1994.D. Ananjevskis, I. KovaŸevskis. Jautjumi un atbildes. CA. - R¿ga, “Avots”, 1983.Masveida izn¿cinšanas iero›i. R¿ga, Aizsardz¿bas spºki, 1993.

Page 91: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: L

abour ProtectionModule Code: 1ECO433Leader: Valentina UrbaneLecturer: Valentina UrbaneModule Level: 4Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SynopsisThe subject “Labour Protection” acquaints future specialists with the system of Labour protection of the Republic of Latvia, with standard acts and the system of standards, as well as with sanitary hygienic and safety engineering measures assuring optimum conditions of labour environment.

Purposes1. Mastering the principles of the Law on Labour Protection;2. Mastering basics of production sanitation, safety engineering and fire safety.

Learning outcomesUpon completion of the module, students are to be able:1. To be competent in making contracts of employment, application of the Law on

Labour Protection, making Form No 1 for cases of accidents at work.2. To be able to evaluate conditions of labour environment.3. To be competent is use of terminology.4. To have an idea of the Law of the Republic of Latvia “On Fire Safety”. Measures

for fire prevention.

Module content1. The Law of the Republic of Latvia on Labour Protection, the Law on the Inspection.2. Legal acts and the system of standards in labour protection.3. The concept of production sanitation.4. Hazardous factors and their affect on human organism.5. Sources of atmosphere pollution.6. Standardization of meteorological conditions.7. Dust and its influence on human organism.8. Toxic substances and first aid in case of acute poisoning.9. Noise and vibrations. Their affect on human organism. Measures of protection.10. Lighting and its importance.11. The concept of safety engineering. Hazardous factors in production.

Page 92: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

12. Electric safety engineering. Static electricity.13. Fire safety.

Teaching methodsThe module is meant as an optional subject. In the process of training students hear lectures, participate in seminars and a business game.

AssessmentSeminar 5%Business game 5%The examination 90%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Kozlovs V., Brigers I., Ziemelis V. Darba un apkrtºjs vides aizsardz¿ba. Lekciju konspekts. IV daŸa - R.: RTU, 1994. -81 lpp.

Kozlovs V., Lžsis R. Darba un apkrtºjs vides aizsardz¿bas Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis. II daŸa - R.: RTU, 1992. -72 lpp.

Kozlovs V., Lžsis R., Urbne V. Darba un apkrtºjs vides aizsardz¿bas Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis. I daŸa - R.: RTU, 1991. -80 lpp.

Ve›ena R. Atmosfºras un raœošanas telpu gaiss. Gaisa vides normalizºšana. Lekciju konspekts - R.: RTU, 1991. -90 lpp.

Darba aizsardz¿ba. Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis. I daŸa / I. Korobova, I. Paukša, R. Ve›ena, V. Ziemelis - R.: RPI, 1988. -100 lpp.

Îõðàíà òðóäà â ìàøèíîñòðîåíèè. / Ïîä ðåä. Å.ß.Þäèíà. Ì.: Ìàøèíîñòðîåíèå. 1991. - 523 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: M

anpower Market ControlModule Code: 2ECO351\451\551Leader: Tatyana Andreyeva, Docent, master of econ.Lecturer Tatyana Andreyeva, Docent, master of econ.Module Level: 3 or 4 or 5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Macroeconomics. Economic statistics.Co-requisites: none

Page 93: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

SynopsisThe course considers theoretical and practical issues of manpower market functioning, shows the necessity of state regulation of manpower market. State policy of employment is considered, the role of the State Employment Service in implementation of employment policy is reflected. Attention is paid to issues of analysis and projection of manpower market situation, the system of indications characterizing unemployment in Latvia is outlined. The course considers experience of the Baltic states and economically developed states in the sphere of employment and expediency of its use in Latvia too.

Purposesto give understanding of modern economic theory of manpower, to acquaint students

with economic methods of analysis and management of social labour relations;to show topical problems of modern manpower market and the importance of state

regulation of manpower market under conditions of high unemployment level;to characterize the state policy of employment in Latvia;to consider the mechanism of implementation of state policy of employment;to give knowledge and skills to act for achievement of the desired result in manpower

market to students.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students are to be able and to know:To analyze peculiarities in manpower market, laws existing there and action of the

employee and employer there.The nature of standard acts regulating mutual relations of the employee and the employer

in the sphere of employment and work payment.World experience in state regulation of manpower market and practice of the

Republic of Latvia in manpower market management.Sources of information on work places, technology of search for work.

To explain unemployment problems, the necessity of state regulation of manpower market.

Module contentBasic concepts and definitions of manpower market. Functioning of manpower market. Quality of manpower: theory of human capital, demand for education, spider network model of specialists manpower market, professional training, theory of signals of education in manpower market. Mobility in manpower market: migration and theory of human capital, discrimination, segmentation of manpower market. Internal manpower markets: horizontal and vertical mobility. Problems of selection. Regulation of relations of employees and employers. Work payment: forms and methods, subsistence, crisis subsistence minimum and minimum wages. Assurance of manpower employment and effective use in an enterprise: personnel recruitment and selection, work rate setting, scientific organization of work. Unemployment: economic cycles and unemployment, description of unemployment in Latvia, social and economic consequences of unemployment, discrimination of manpower market. State regulation of manpower market: direct and indirect methods of regulation, insurance in case of loss of a job.

Page 94: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

International work organization and international experience in regulation of work relations.

Teaching methods:The course is mastered in lectures, practical classes in analyzing specific situations.

AssessmentDuring the term home works are made and defended in the classroom.Home assignments - 40%Test - 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Milkovich G.T., Boudrean J.W. Human Resourse Management. – Boston, 1991.Øåêøíÿ Ñ.Â. Óïðàâëåíèå ïåðñîíàëîì ñîâðåìåííîé îðãàíèçàöèè. – Ì., 1997.Ýðåíáåðã Ð., Ñìèò Ð. Ñîâðåìåííàÿ ýêîíîìèêà òðóäà. Òåîðèÿ è ãîñóäàðñòâåííàÿ

ïîëèòèêà. – Ì.: 1996.4. G. Libermanis. CeŸvedis ekonomik. R., Kamene, Ekonomists. - 1992. - 63 lp.5. Latvijas statistikas ikmºneša biŸetens - 1995., 1996., 1997., 1998.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: P

rinciples of Computer Technologies

Module Code: 1ECO102Leader: Aleksandr KudryavtsevLecturer: Sergey Orlov, Aleksandr Dunyashkin, Module Level: 1Credit Value: 5 CPModule length: 2 termsNumber of hours per week: 4\3 hr.Pre-requisites: Knowledge of computer technologies in the volume of

the secondary school syllabusCo-requisites: none

SynopsisThe module is meant for basic training of students in the period of transition to new information technologies, both in the future professional activities, and in the sphere of education. The module is based on basic knowledge of students within the school syllabus in IBM-compatible computers and their skill to work with them in MS-DOS environment under Norton Commander operation frame.

Page 95: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The practical part of the module provides for students to learn to use a personal computer, and namely the table processor MS EXCEL - for automated processing of economic information in business.Purposes1. To form practical skills in PC usage in order to solve typical tasks in the chosen

sphere of professional activities.2. To give basic knowledge and skills in PC usage to be able to further develop

them independently.3. To teach to make text and graphics documents.4. Preparing office business program products.Learning outcomesUpon completion of this module, students are to be able:To know major information technologies and formation and operation (functioning) of

PC hardware and software.To be competent in modern information and computer terminology.To know basic peculiarities of operation systems and operation frames, to be able to use

them in file operation.To be able to work with known text and graphics editors.To develop and form typical text and graphics documents.To be able to revalidate experience accumulated in the period of computer facilities,

technological progress and changing social practice.To accumulate knowledge by means of modern teaching information technologies.To have an idea of table processors and use of electronic tables for automated solution of

economic tasks.To know technical capabilities of the table processor MS EXCEL and to be able to use

them in financial analysis.To acquire skills of practical work with the table processor MS EXCEL for solution of

typical tasks in business.Module contentClassification of computer systems. Principles of WINDOWS 9X operation system organisation. Organisation of the interface user. Organisation of the file system. Graphics processing by means of Paint graphics editor. Formation of ordinary text documents by means of Notepad and Wordpad text editors. Formation and editing of text documents by means of MS Word processor. Formatting of text documents. Use of tables and frame documents in a text document. Use of vector graphics means. Artistic finishing of text documents. Formation and editing of mathematical formulae. Prospects of development of computer systems and technologies. Practical skills.Electronic table, basic concepts and definitions. Interface of the table processor MS EXCEL. Formation and editing of an electronic table. Data formatting in an electronic table. Calculation in electronic tables. Data analysis by means of an electronic table. Financial analysis. Use of graphics in electronic tables. Making diagrams. Diagrams in geographic maps in marketing tasks. Data exchange with other MS Office applications. Formation of templates and data bases. Macros formation and use.Teaching methods

Page 96: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

In connection with humanitarian profile of education and increasing importance of acquired computer skills, all types of classes are held in the computer room. This allows for each theoretical situation to be shown to students with a PC being used. Notes are developed for all chapters of the module. During classes notes are distributed among students in each workstation. A student may have a copy of the notes for personal use. As there is no need to take notes, there is more time left for practical work with a computer. Computer test programs in basic chapters of the module are used to improve “Teacher - Student” connections. Use of tests allows students to independently control the level of their personal training. Multimedia teaching programs are also used for independent work of students.AssessmentPractical work is devoted to formation of typical complex documents containing all types of teaching objects. Knowledge and skills acquired are evaluated in work. Total assessment:Practical work 10%Positive knowledge in practical classes 30%Positive knowledge in the examination 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHYNiedr¿te L. Microsoft Excel 5.0 lietpratºjiem: Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis. – R.: ComputerLand\

R¿ga, 1997. – 172 lpp.Sataki K. Microsoft Windows 95 ikvienam: Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis. - R¿ga:

ComputerLand/R¿ga, 1995. - 146 lpp.Sataki K. Microsoft Word ikvienam - R¿ga: ComputerLand/R¿ga, 1996. - 156 lpp.Stinson C. Runnung Windows 95. - Microsoft Press, 1995. - 784 p.Borland R. Runnung Word 7.0 for Windows 95. - Microsoft Press, 1995. - 1104 p.Èíôîðìàòèêà: Ó÷åáíèê. - Ì.: Ôèíàíñû è ñòàòèñòèêà, 1997. - 768 ñ.Dodge M., Kinata C., Stinson C. with The Corb Group. Running Excel 7.0 for Windows

95. – Microsoft Press, 1996.-1040 p.Áîãóìèðñêèé Á.Ñ. Ýôôåêòèâíàÿ ðàáîòà íà IBM PC â ñðåäå Windows 95. - ÑÏá.: ÏÈÒÅÐ,

1997. - 1120 ñ.Èíôîðìàòèêà: Ó÷åáíèê. - Ì.: Ôèíàíñû è ñòàòèñòèêà, 1997. - 768 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: H

istory of Economic IdeasModule Code: 1ECO325Leader: Imants Kirtovskis, Prof.Lecturer Imants Kirtovskis, Prof.Module Level: 3Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

Page 97: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Synopsis

The course of history of economic ideas acquaints students with evolution of economic ideas. Both views of individual authors, and development of scientific schools and theories are surveyed.

Purposes

To give a possibility to understand modern economic theory and policy on the basis of their history to students.

To show the meaning of individual authors and theories in development of the science of economics.

To follow the development of economic concepts and their connection to social progress.

Learning outcomes

To know main stages of economic history and schools of economic ideas, their contribution to the science of economics.

To know basic theoretical theses of prominent scientists-economists.To teach to independently analyze economic theories.

Module content

Appearance of economic knowledge. Mercantilism. Classical political economics. Economic concepts of utopian socialism. Economic concept of Marx.Commanding economic concept. Historical school in political economy. Economic concepts of institutionalism. Austrian school in economic theory. Traditional trends in English economic theory. Economic concept of J. Keynes. American school in economic theory. Economic concepts in Russia in the XIX century. Economic concepts in Latvia in the XIX-XX centuries.

Teaching methodsThe course is mastered in lectures and seminars with primary sources being used, students write test works and reports.

Assessment

Active oral work in seminars - 20%Preparing reports - 30%Answer to questions in the examination - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Porietis J. rvalstu ekonomisk vºsture R., LU 1990.

Page 98: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Oser J. Brue L. The Evolution ol Economic Thought - Harcourt Brase Janovich, Publishers 1989.

Êèðòîâñêèé È. Î÷åðêè èñòîðèè ëàòûøñêîé ýêîíîìè÷åñêîé ìûñëè.- Ðèãà: 1976.Ñåëèãìåí Á. Îñíîâíûå òå÷åíèÿ ñîâðåìåííîé ýêîíîìè÷åñêîé ìûñëè. Ïåðåâîä ñ àíãë.- Ì.:

1968.Âñåìèðíàÿ èñòîðèÿ ýêîíîìè÷åñîé ìûñëè. Ò.1-3.- Ì.: 1987-1989.ßäãapoâ Ý. Ècòopèÿ ýêoíoìè÷ecêèõ y÷eíèé. M., 1996.Áëàóã Ì., Ýêîíîìè÷åñêàÿ ìûñëü â ðåòðîñïåêòèâå. Ì., 1994.Òàêàøè Íåãèøè. Èñòîðèÿ ýêîíîìè÷åñêîé òåîðèè. Ì., 1995.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative Work

Module Title Analysis of Economy of Latvia

Module Code 1ECO103Leader I. KirtovskisLecturer I. Kirtovskis, T. AndreyevaModule Level 1 yearCredit Value 3 CPModule length 1 termNumber of hours per week 3 hr.Pre-requisites noneCo-requisites none

SynopsisThe module deals with main problems of development of economy of Latvia.

During research of this module major attention is paid to issues of changes in national economy structure. The module gets students acquainted with the policy of integration of Latvia in the EC.Purposes

1. To give knowledge of economic situation in Latvia to students.2. To give an idea of principles of organization of public production.3. To give knowledge of basic lines of economic policy to students.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of this module, one must be able:

1. To analyze actual economic processes.2. To understand the system of industries of national economy of Latvia.3. To analyze peculiarities in the policy of formation of market economy of

Latvia.4. To make an analytical summary on the basis of a statistical report.

Module ContentThe structure of economy of Latvia. Privatization policy. Government policy in

the sphere of business activities. Agrarian policy of Latvia. Industry, transport.

Page 99: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Investments and construction. Social policy. Demographic situation and manpower market. Financial and bank system. Foreign economic activities. Integration of Latvia in the EC. Programs for development of economy of Latvia.Teaching MethodsIn lectures students get acquainted with basics of the module. Independently study recommended literature, write reports. Read them out in seminars and participate in discussions.AssessmentTotal assessment of students’ knowledge:a) participation in seminars, speaking in them 10%b) a report 30%c) final examination 70%

BIBLIOGRAPHYZiòojums par Latvijas tautsaimniecîbas attîstîbu. Latvijas

Republika Ekonomikas ministrija. Rîga, 1998.gada jûnijs. – 156 lpp.

Agenda 2000. Eiropas Komisijas atzinums par Latvijas pieteikumu iestâties Eiropas Savienîbâ. LVA – 107 lpp.

Sociâlie procesi Latvijâ. - R.: Latvijas republikas centrâlâ statistikas pârvalde 1998. – 159 lpp.

Latvijas Statistikas gada grâmata 1997.g. – Rîga: LR centrâlâ statistikas pârvalde 1997.g. – 315 lpp.

Latvijas Statistikas ikmçneða biŸetens. – Rîga: LR centrâlâ statistikas pârvalde, 1998.g. – 141 lpp.

G.K.Wilson. Business and Politics. Macmillan, Basingstoke 1990 .

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: E

conomic StatisticsModule Code: 1ECO209Leader: Vadim Burly, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Lecturer Vadim Burly, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Module Level: 2Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Knowledge of basics of mathematics,

MacroeconomicsCo-requisites: None

SynopsisEconomic statistics (ES) is a branch of public studies aimed at collection, processing and analysis of information describing mass processes occurring. Upon statistical processing,

Page 100: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

such type of information may show a reliable quantitative and qualitative picture of economic processes and serves as a basis for making engineering and economic decisions.PurposesTo master principles of collection of statistics and presentation of economic information.To master use of dynamic series in economic research.To master concepts of indices and their application in economics.

To learn to apply elementary statistical technique in order to analyze and interpret statistical data.

Learning outcomesUpon completion of the module, students must be able:

1. To collect and present economic information.2. To master use of dynamic series in economic research.3. To apply the method of indices.4. To analyze and interpret filing of statistical data.Module content

General and sampling set. Stages of statistical work. Characteristics of distribution series and their calculation. Calculation of statistical indices. Dynamic series (time series). Indices. Social economic statistics. Statistics of population. Statistics of development of economy of Latvia. Statistics of national revenue. Labour statistics.Teaching methodsBasic forms of teaching organization are lectures and practical classes. The teacher has an adviser’s part in mastering theory and conduction of practical classes. During the term each student makes and presents 2 home works. Part of them is performed with the help of a computer.Assessment

The total assessment of the course is formed as follows:marks for home works - 30%an examination: written replies - 40%, oral reply - 30%.

BIBLIOGRAPHYKrasti¥š O. Varbžt¿bu teorija un matemtisk statistika. - R.: Zvaigzne, 1985.V¿tols J. Statistikas vispr¿g teorija. - R.: Zvaigzne, 1988.Goša Z. Socilo procesu anal¿ze. – R.: 1996.Zviedzi¥š P. Demogrfija – R.: Zvaigzne, 1989.Mc Clave, James T, Benson G. Statistics for Business and Economics. 5th ed. NY:

Toronto, 1991.Åôèìîâà Ì. Ð., Ïåòðîâà Å. Â., Ðóìÿíöåâ Â. Í. Îáùàÿ òåîðèÿ ñòàòèñòèêè. Ó÷åáíèê. - Ì.: ÈÍÔÐÀ-Ì, 1997 - 416 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Principles of Europe IntegrationModule Code: 1ECO320Leader: A

. Pegashev

Page 101: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Lecturer: A. Pegashev

Module Level: 3Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: 1 termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThis module studies problems of development of the European Community and

the European Union from the first steps of Europe integration to date. Main attention is paid to economic, political and social aspects in integration of Western Europe.

Purposes.1. To teach students to understand the nature, purposes and policy of the European

Community underlying its foundation.2. To teach students to understand the process of decision-making in the European

Community.3. To make students understand the affect of “the fact of a member country” on

member countries of the European Community.4. To give students a possibility to independently evaluate prospects of development

of the European Community, its further integration and extension.

Learning outcomesUpon completion of this module, a student is to be able:1. To know economic, political purposes of the European Community and the

program developed for achievement thereof.2. To teach to identify basic institutions of the European Community and their

functions.3. To show his knowledge in basic legislation of Europe integration.4. To understand the concept of policy of the European Community in decisive

spheres: industry, agriculture, trade, transport, etc., and to evaluate its affect on business.

5. To evaluate the future of the European Community in view of its extension and further political and economic integration.

6. To teach to use respective theories of Europe integration. Module content

Economic and political necessity of Europe integration. The structure and basic institutions of the European Community. The process of decision-making and legislation procedures in the European Community. Integrated market of the Community and European economic space. Policy in industry, power supply, transport, trade and competition. Policy, principles and activities of general agriculture. Common economic and monetary policy. Common regional policy. Common foreign policy and security

Page 102: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

policy. Co-operation in the sphere of jurisdiction and internal affairs. The future of the European Community and admitting new members.

Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures and seminars with elements of discussion.

Mini research projects based on study of documents of the European Community and related to various aspects of European integration are performed according to students’ potentialities and interests.

AssessmentTest as control form at the turn of terms. Criteria:

a) participation in seminars, speaking in them 20%b) writing and assessment of a written paper 30%c) a final test 50%

Total 100%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

bols G. Kpºc Eiropa? - R.: 1997.Jžsu kaimi¥š - Eiropas Savien¿ba. - Luxemburg, 1995.Ozoli¥š A. Eiropas kopiena: Latvijas vrti uz Eiropu. - R.: 1992.

Hill B. The European Community. - Heinneman, 1991.Molle W. The Economics of European Integration : Theory, Practike, Policy. -

Dartmouth: 1990.Lintner V & Marey. The European Community: Economic and Political Aspecty.

- McGraw-Hill, 1991.George S. Politics and Policy in the European Community Oford University

Press, 1991.Òîïîðíèí Á.Í. Åâðîïåéñêîå ïðàâî. - Ì.: 1998.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Law of the European CommunityModule Code: 1ECO432Leader: Aleksey Kuznetsov, DocentLecturer: Aleksey Kuznetsov, DocentModule Level: 4Credit Value: 2CPModule length: 1 sem.Number of hours per week: 3hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

Page 103: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

SynopsisThis module gives the necessary concepts of the European law to students, as a whole system of law, its effect on the process of European integration, functions of legislation and court according to institutions of the European Community. The course takes into account current development of the legal system of the European Community and states the law of the Community in terms of politics and economy.

Purposes1. To form the concept of the system of European law, its set-up,, lines of

implementation, in students.2. Acquiring knowledge on legislation institutions of the European Community.3. To develop the ability to independently analyze connection between the law of the

European Community and internal laws of member countries of the Community.4. To demonstrate understanding of basic positions of the law of the European

Community in economic and social spheres.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of the module, students are to be able to:1. To analyze the law of the European Community and possibilities of its practical

application in respective situations.2. To show understanding of basic components of the law of the European

Community and lines and procedures of their implementation.3. To know the set-up and functions of the law of the European Community.4. To understand functions of the European court, to know its set-up, procedures of

work, purposes and tasks.5. To analyze common mutual relations between the law of the European

Community and national (internal) laws of its member countries.6. To show understanding of the basic situation of the law in the sphere of economic

and competition policy, free movement of persons in the European Community.

Module ContentThe law of the European Community and European integration. Principles and sources of the law of the European Community. The system of institutions of the European Community. The law of Europe and national (internal) laws. Economic policy of the European Community. Free movement of persons. Competition policy.

Teaching Methods Lectures, seminars in respective positions of the module. Students are to follow events in the European Community by means of mass media on a daily basis. Preparing reports in specific positions of the module.

AssessmentTest work, report - 30%Positive knowledge: In the seminar - 10%

In the examination - 60%

Page 104: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bojrs J. Starptautisks ties¿bas. R¿ga, 1996.Foster. EEC legislation. Blackstones, 1990.Hartley. The Foundation of European Communities Law. Oxford, 1988.Weatherill. Cases and naterials on EEC Law. Blackstones press, 1992.Steiner. Textbook on EEC Law. Blackstone, 1994.Àííåðñ Ý. Èñòîðèÿ åâðîïåéñêîãî ïðàâà. Ì., 1994.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: M

athematics of FinanceModule Code: 2ECO360\460\560Leader: Irina Voronova, dr. oec.Lecturer Irina Voronova, dr. oec.Module Level: 3\4\5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Higher mathematics. Theory of probabilities. Mathematical

statistics. Principles of finance.Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course gives theoretical substantiation and practical recommendations of methods of financial and economic analysis to be used in commercial transactions and credit operations. Basics of currency and actuary calculations are mastered. Methods of financial calculations are illustrated in examples.

PurposesTo give knowledge in the theory of interest rates.To give an idea of information basis of analysis of financial rent (annuity).To develop skills in making calculations of generalized payment flow.

To teach to evaluate consequences of changes in commercial transactions and credit operations.

To give an idea of evaluation of currency transactions.

Learning outcomesUpon completing the module, a student:

Is to know and to be able to use special terms and designations of mathematics of finance.

Page 105: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Is to be able to calculate changes in regulations of commercial transactions.Is to be able to analyze patterns of loan repayment.

To analyze effectiveness of investments in bonds and stocks.Is to know the nature of currency transactions.

Module contentTypes of interest rates. Ordinary, mixed and continuous interest: yield, discount, stating the term of the loan and interest rate. Equivalence of interest rates. Combination of debts and balancing of changes in terms. Financial rent and determination of its parameters: types of payment flows and their basic parameters, accrued amounts, discounted value, deferred annuity, variable annuity. Changes in annuity conditions, combination of annuities. Repayment of credits and loans. Analysis of optimization of financial resources. Choice of the best conditions in commercial contracts. Reasons of currency deductions. Introduction into actuary calculations.

Teaching methodsEspecially developed materials are used to master the course, containing both theoretical basics and tasks. This allows for intensification of the teaching process, with more time being allotted to acquiring of practical skills. Materials of the Institute and Faculty of Actuary, London of 1996 - 1998 were used in development of materials of the course.

AssessmentIntermediate control is implemented in the following form - 6 independent works.Intermediate control - 60%Final examination - 40%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Hazans M., Bli¥a S. K aug nauda. Ievads finansu matemtik. -R.: VAS “ITMA”, 1994.-156 lpp.

Mc Cutheon J.J., Scott W.F. An introduction to the mathematics of finance. - Oxford: Heineman, 1986. -464 p.

Kellison S.G. The Theory of interest. 2nd ed. -Boston: Irvin, 1991. - 445 p.Ìåðêóëîâ ß.Ñ. Òåîðåòè÷åñêîå è ïðàêòè÷åñêîå ïîñîáèå ïî ôèíàíñîâûì âû÷èñëåíèÿì. Ì.:

ÈÍÔÐÀ-Ì, 1996. -336 ñ.×åòûðêèí Å.Ì. Ìåòîäû ôèíàíñîâûõ è êîììåð÷åñêèõ ðàñ÷åòîâþ Ì.: Äåëî, Áèçíåñ-ðå÷ü, 1992. -320 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: F

inancial AccountingModule Code: 1ECO326Leader: Valentina VasilyevaLecturer: Valentina Vasilyeva

Page 106: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Module Level: 3Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE

Co-requisites: none

SynopsisThe course deals with principles of accounting of incomes and expenses of an enterprise according to the current law and standard documents of Latvia. Regulations of filling up basic accounting documents , as well as regulations of making the annual report of an enterprise are considered.

PurposeTo teach students to make the annual report of an enterprise, as well as making tax settlements with the budget.

Learning outcomes1. To teach students to correctly settle and classify incomes and expenses of an

enterprise.2. To teach students to correctly calculate current taxes of Latvia, to make and fill up

report forms.3. To teach students methods of making the annual report and accounts closing.4. To teach students to fill up basic accounting forms of an enterprise.

Module contentIncomes of an enterprise. Expenses of an enterprise. The profit-and-loss account of an enterprise. The annual report of an enterprise. The income tax declaration of an enterprise. The real estate tax. The value added tax. Social insurance payments.

Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures, practical classes and a course paper.During lectures students are told about accounting conditions, classification of incomes and expenses of an enterprise, about regulations of accounts closing, about methods of tax calculation and regulations of filling up tax report forms.In practical classes students fill up accounting documents, make tax calculation and close accounts, make all calculations required to make the annual balance sheet of an enterprise independently.In the course paper students are to fill up all basic documents, accounting ledgers and make the annual report of an enterprise with all reports forms being filled up and all taxes being calculated according to the initial balance sheet of an enterprise and description of business transactions performed during the taxation year.

AssessmentThe method of control of the course: an examination and a course paper.Total assessment:

Page 107: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

positive knowledge in practical classes - 20%Evaluation of the course paper - 30%positive knowledge in the examination - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHYLR likums ,,Par grâmatvedìbu’’. LR AP un Valdìbas Ziðotâjs. - 1992.- Nr. 44/45. (Ar

sekojoøâm izmaiðâm)LR likums ,,Par uzðèmumu gada pârskatiem’’. LR AP un Valdìbas Ziðotâjs.- 1992. - Nr.

44/45. (Ar sekojoøâm izmaiðâm)Benze J. Grâmatvedìbas kontu korespondence. - Rìga: Mâc. Metod. Centrs

Grâmatvedis SIA, 1994. - 122 lpp.Grebenko M. Grâmatvedìbas uzskaite. - Rìga, 1997.

Zaiceva J. Grâmatvedìbas organizèøanas un kârtoøanas noteikumi un prakse Latvijâ. - Rìga: SIA ,,Mamuts’’: SIA ,,Grosbuhs’’, 1997. - 287 lpp.

V.Vasiîjeva ,,Grâmatvedìba’’ Lekciju konspekts, RTU, Rìga, 1997.- 66 lpp.

Highest educational establishment

STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: P

rinciples of FinanceModule Code: 1ECO214Leader: Imants Kirtovskis, Prof.Lecturer Imants Kirtovskis, Prof.Module Level: 2Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: Business systems. Microeconomics.Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe purpose of the subject is to master basic concepts of finance and to give understanding of finance systems. The course follows movement of money resources along channels of the state budget and municipalities according to needs of national economy. The course shows the role of financial foundations and credit institutions in financial circulation of the state. relation of stock exchanges, currency exchanges, international credit institutions with the financial situation of the state is shown.

Purpose:To acquaint students with the place of financial institutions in organization of market

economy.To give an insight into theory and concepts of finance.To acquaint with state revenues and expenses.

Page 108: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

To give an idea of the budget and the system of foundations.To acquaint with the system of credit institutions and the mechanism of their activity, the

nature, types and meaning of credit in the general finance system of the state.To describe the place and meaning of funds of entrepreneurs and public

organizations in the general finance system of the state.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, students:

Are to understand the nature of basic concepts of finance.Are to understand the nature and tasks of different budgets and foundations.

Are to master skills of budget formation.Are to understand the nature of credit transactions and to be able to make schedules of loan repayment.

Module contentSurvey of financial theories. The nature of finance and credit systems. Description of institutions of finance market. Legislative and standard documents, their survey. The state budget and regional budget: budget system and control, budget revenues, expenses and their planning, the process, special types and sources of budget, commercial loans, mortgage loans. International financial relations: money and currency market, international credit relations, foreign loans and direct investments in economy of Latvia.Foundations of public organizations: sources of formation of budgets of trade union organizations and party funds. Charitable and other public foundations. Procedures of state control over financial activities of an enterprise. Family budget.Insurance foundations. Social and economic meaning of insurance. Types of insurance. The meaning of social insurance budget. Diversification of money investments. Pension foundations. Investment companies.Finance of business companies. Finance organization in enterprises. Working capital of enterprises. Profit of an enterprise and its taxation. Finance of joint stock companies. Privatization and debts of enterprises in Latvia.

Teaching methodsIn lectures arguments of basic principles of financial theories are given, peculiarities of finance systems in Latvia are shown on the basis of facts.

In seminars knowledge is consolidated, and basic issues of financial theories and financial policy of Latvia are discussed. The method of students’ reports is used, with discussion being organized on the basis thereof.

AssessmentIntermediate control - 40%incl. home work - 20%2 tests - 20%Final control (a written examination) 60%

Page 109: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Libermanis G. Nauda, inflcija, valžtas kurss. - R., 1995.Brigham Engene F. Fundamentals of Financial Management. Siscth Edition. - N.-Y.:

The Dryden Press, 1992. - 950p.Îáùàÿ òåîðèÿ ôèíàíñîâ./ Ïîä ðåäàêöèåé Ä.Äîáðîçèíà.- Ì.: 1995.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: P

rinciples of PhilosophyModule Code: 3ECO164Leader: Eduards Liepinsh, Prof., dr. habil. phil.Lecturer Andrey Pegashev, Docent, cand. phil.Module Level: 1Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 3 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SynopsisIntroduction into philosophy outlines peculiarities of philosophical thinking, philosophical problems and the role of philosophy in formation of the world outlook. A survey of historical development of basic philosophical problems is given, typical philosophical problems are studied and solutions of such problems in basic border points of historical development of philosophy are analyzed.

Purposesto give general understanding of interrelations of existence of man, society and nature;to promote orientation of a student towards spiritual values;to form one’s own views and conviction;

to form skills of discussion.

Learning outcomesUpon completing this module, students are to be able and to know:

To explain the meaning of the nature of basic terms of philosophy.Understanding of problematic historical development of philosophy.Ability to analyze philosophical texts, to choose modern problems from them.

Module contentPhilosophy as a system of world outlook. Philosophical pluralism: reasons and translations. Ancient philosophy. Christian philosophy of the Middle Ages. Philosophy of

Page 110: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Renaissance. Search for a scientific method in philosophy of XVII century. Rationalism of the Age of the Enlightenment and philosophy of XVIII century. German classical philosophy. Russian religious philosophy of XIX-XX centuries. The problem of scientific rationality in philosophy of XX century. Philosophical solutions of man’s existence, cognition, personality. Society and culture in the context of philosophical analysis.

Teaching methodsDuring active lectures understanding of the most significant philosophical issues and a trend towards independent, thorough study of such issues are given to students.Teaching includes weekly seminars with elements of discussion. Writing of reports. Reviewing philosophical works.

Assessment1. Examination as a form of control. Criteria:a) participation in seminars, speaking up in them 20%b) writing and evaluation of a written work 30%c) final examination 50%

Total: 100%

BIBLIOGRAPHYM. Kžle, R. Kžlis. Filosofija. R., 1997.A. Tauri¥š. Ievads filozofij. R., 1993.A. Tauri¥š. Vºstures filozofija. R., 1996.×yõèía Ë. A. ×eëoâeê â peëèãèoçíoé ôèëocoôèè. P., 1996

AvotiAristotelis. Nikomaha ºtika. R., 1985.

Bºkons F. Jaunais organons. R., 1989.Dekarts R. Prrunas par metodi. R., 1978.Didro D. Domas par dabas interpretciju. Matºrijas un kust¿bas filozofiskie principi. R.,

1988.Eliade M. M¿ts par mžœ¿go atgriešanos. R., 1995.Feierbahs L. Kristiet¿bas bžt¿ba. Nkotnes filozofijas pamati. R., 1983.Fihte J.G. Cilvºka bžt¿ba. Par cilvºka lielumu. R., 1991.Freids Z. Psihoanal¿zes noz¿me un vºsture. R., 1994.Freids Z. Totºms un tabu. R., 1995.Freids Z. Kdas ilžzijas nkotne. R., 1996.Fuko M. Paties¿ba, vara, pat¿ba. R., 1995.Hºgelis G.V.F. Filozofijas zint¥u enciklopºdija. R., 1981.Jungs K.G. Dvºseles pasaule. R., 1994.Jungs K.D. Psiholo‡iskie tipi. R., 1996.Kants J. Praktisk prta kritika. R., 1988.Kants J. Prolegomeni. R., 1990.Maritºns Œ. Mkslinieka atbild¿ba. R., 1994.Marks Aurºlijs. Pašam sev. R., 1991.Netveramais Sokrts. R., 1987.N¿›e F. T runja Zaratustra. R., 1989.Ortega I. Gasets. M¿lest¿ba un gudr¿ba. R., 1995.Pirmssokrtisko domtju darbu fragmenti. R., 1994.Platons. Menons. Dz¿res. R., 1980.Platons. Valsts. R., 1982.Seneka L.A. Vºstules Lžcijam par ºtiku. R., 1996.

Page 111: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Volters. Zadigs jeb liktenis. Mikromegs. Kandids. R., 1979.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: A

ccounting in BusinessModule Code: 1ECO213Leader: Valentina Vasilyeva, Docent, dr. oec.Lecturer: Valentina Vasilyeva, Docent, dr. oec.Module Level: 2Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SynopsisThe course deals with basic regulations of practical accounting of an enterprise. Explains regulations of filling up initial accounting documents. Studies regulations of arranging specific book-keeping accounts, methods of accounting applied in practice, as well as standard business transactions to be reflected in corporate accounting.

PurposeTo teach arrangement of practical accounting to students according to the current law and standard documents of Latvia.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, students are to know and to be able:1. Accounting bookings for standard business transactions.2. Disclosing standard documents in accounting.3. Procedures and skills of filling up initial accounting documents.4. Making entries in accounting ledgers.5. To state correct booking for disclosure of business transactions.6. To make calculations, with current accounting methods being applied.

Module contentIntroduction into practical accounting. Non-circulating assets of an enterprise. Accounting of intangible assets and financial investments of an enterprise. Accounting of fixed assets of an enterprise. Methods of calculating wear (depreciation) of fixed assets of an enterprise. Accounting of funds of an enterprise. Accounting of foreign currency funds of an enterprise. Working capital of an enterprise. Accounting of materials, goods,

Page 112: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

finished products and other goods and material values of an enterprise. Settlements with settlement persons. Settlements for business trips of employees of an enterprise. Accounting of transport expenses of an enterprise. Settlements with employees for work payment. Settlements with debtors and creditors of an enterprise.

Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures and practical works. During lectures students are told about disclosing business transactions in accounting ledgers, about accounting methods, about procedures of filling up initial accounting documents, about regulations of keeping accounting ledgers.

AssessmentThe method of control of the course is an examination.Total assessment:

positive knowledge in practical classes - 40%positive knowledge in the examination - 60%.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

LR likums ,,Par grâmatvedìbu’’. LR AP un Valdìbas Ziðotâjs. - 1992.- Nr. 44/45. (Ar sekojoøâm izmaiðâm)

LR likums ,,Par uzðèmumu gada pârskatiem’’. LR AP un Valdìbas Ziðotâjs.- 1992. - Nr. 44/45. (Ar sekojoøâm izmaiðâm)

Benze J. Grâmatvedìbas kontu korespondence. - Rìga: Mâc. Metod. Centrs Grâmatvedis SIA, 1994. - 122 lpp.

Grebenko M. Grâmatvedìbas uzskaite. - Rìga, 1997.Zaiceva J. Grâmatvedìbas organizèøanas un kârtoøanas noteikumi un prakse Latvijâ.

- Rìga: SIA ,,Mamuts’’: SIA ,,Grosbuhs’’, 1997. - 287 lpp.V.Vasiîjeva ,,Grâmatvedìba’’ Lekciju konspekts, RTU, Rìga, 1997.- 66 lpp.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Innovation EconomicsModule Code: 1ECO437*Leader: Galina Kozaka, dr. sc. ing.Lecturer: Galina Kozaka, dr. sc. ing.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: 1 termNumber of hours per week: 3hr.Pre-requisites: Organization of Production and Services. Business

EconomicsCo-requisites: None

Page 113: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Description of moduleThe module contains questions of innovation management on the

marketing in the sphere of innovation, organization of introduction and implementation of scientific innovation.

The module sets forth the methods of innovation planning and financing, as well as the juridical control of innovation.

Aims of the studiesTo develop understanding of the essence and peculiarities of

innovation process.To introduce the juridical control of innovative activity.To introduce the purposeful planning of innovative activity, calendar

and production planning methods.To introduce the peculiarities of elaboration of business plan of

the innovation project.To create control of production costs and pricing skills in the sphere of

innovation.

Results of the studiesAfter finishing the module students should know:the methods of evaluation of innovation efficiencythe methods of determination of the value of license

Students should be able:to make calculations of planning of innovation activity;

to control innovation processes, their implementation and realization costs;

to make calculations of to determine the efficiency of innovation project and attraction of financial resources.

Contents of the study moduleConcept of innovation, innovation process and activity. Marketing

in the sphere of innovation. Organization of innovation activity. Planning of innovation activity: purposeful planning, calendar planning, production planning. Staff management, its peculiarities: payment for work according to contract, methods of stimulation of creative work. Control of costs and pricing in the sphere of innovation. Evaluation of innovation efficiency. Juridical control of innovation activity. Notion of intellectual property. Patents. Juridical sequence of licensing and transfer of technologies (licenses, agreement on know-how). Administration of innovation projects.

Methods and means of trainingThe training consists of weekly lectures and practical classes with

solution of problems.

Evaluation

Page 114: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Examination (written) in which one theoretic question should be answered and one problem solved.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Âàëäàéöåâ Ñ. Â. Îöåíêà áèçíåñà è èííîâàöèè. -Ì.: Èíô.-èçä. äîì. “Ôèëèíú”, 1997.-336 ñ.

Èííîâàöèîííûé ìåíåäæìåíò: Ñïðàâî÷íîå ïîñîáèå/Ïîä ðåä. Ï. Í. Çàâëèíà, À. Ê. Êàçàíöåâà, Ë. Ý. Ìèíäåëè. Èçä. 2-å ïåðåðàá. è äîï. - Ì.: ÖÈÑÍ, 1998.-568 ñ.

Ôàòõóòäèíîâ Ð. À. Èííîâàöèîííûé ìåíåäæìåíò: Ó÷åáíèê äëÿ âóçîâ.-Ì.: ÇÀÎ “Áèçíåñ-øêîëà” Èíòåð-Ñèíòåç”, 1998.-600 ñ.

Optional Subjects: 2ECO337\437\537, 2CP, 2 h. per Week.

Highest educational establishment STAS

yllabus Business Economics and Administrative Work

Module Title: INVESTMENT ECONOMYModule Code: 1ECO439Leader: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr.oec.Lecturer: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr.oec.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hoursPre-requisites: The course is taught upon passing obligatory

subjects of Models 1 and 2Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course is dedicated to issues of investment design and project management. Issues of evaluation of sources and methods of investment selection, principles of project management - for long-term investments in actual assets are set forth. Tools of investment design, analysis of finance, investment exposure and evaluation are set forth. An idea of financial investments is given, and principles of forming an investment portfolio are set forth.

Purposes1. To acquire knowledge that allows to evaluate benefits and shortages of various

investment sources.

Page 115: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

2. To acquire skills of analysis of investment projects risks and efficiency evaluation.

3. To get an idea of issues of a project development, of its implementation management.

4. To master methods of a project exposure evaluation when a number of determining factors change, and under conditions of an uncertain method of analysis.

5. To study special terminology used in financial investment management.6. To understand basic strategies of investment portfolio formation, its return and

types of evaluation of risk reduction.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of this module, a student must be able:1. To master principles of investment project management.2. To learn to justify the choice of financing sources of an enterprise when it is

necessary to solve its tasks.3. To acquire practical skills in complex analysis of a project in terms of

engineering, ecology, social issues, finance, commerce and economy.4. To acquire practical skills in justified development of an investment project with

and without computer devices being applied.5. To understand special terminology used in securities finance and technical

analysis.6. To understand the nature of portfolio theory, to get an idea of basic ratios

determining return on and risk of financial investments.

Module ContentEconomic content of investment. Sources and methods of investment. Industrial investment project, its nature. Methods of investment projects evaluation. Analysis of investment projects. Expert evaluation in the project management system. Financial investments. Principles of forming an investment portfolio.

Teaching the Course The course structure consists of blocks (the block “Investments and Actual Assets” and the block “Financial Investments”) which allows for the same to be adapted according to specific needs of students. The course consists of lectures and practical classes. Methods of performance evaluation and risk factors evaluation are demonstrated in examples of specific situations.In preparing the second block of the course, materials of the Institute and Faculty of Actuariey, London of 1996-1998 are used.

AssessmentUpon completion of the course, students pass a written examination consisting of two parts:

part I - short replies to theoretical issues of the course (in the form of a test and(or) in the form of an oral reply;

Page 116: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

part II - solution of a set of assignments in evaluation of investment project effectiveness, quantitative risk evaluation, as well as evaluation of the financing source chosen and complex evaluation of the project in actual assets.Intermediate control is performed as follows: in the form of two tests, one independent work (for blocks 1 and 2, depending on a student’s choice).

Intermediate control - 40%incl.: 2 tests - 20%independent work - 20%Final control (written examination) - 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Hazans M., Bºliša S. K aug nauda. Ievads finansu matemtik. -R.: VAS ‘TIMA’, 1994.-85.-103 lpp.

Дерил Н. Принятие инвестиционных решений.- М.:Банки и Биржа, 1997.-219 с.Шеньшиков И.С. Финансовый анализ ценных бумаг. Курс лекции.-М.:Финансы и статистика, 1998.-

352 с. Прауде В., Прауде Р. Инвестирование в ценные бумаги: Основные понятия о ценных бумагах. /

Часть 1. - Рига., Àвиац. университет, УКЦ “GRADS SPЬ”, 1998.-143 с.Шарп У.Ф., Александер Г.Дж., Бэйли Д.В. Инвестиции: Пер. с анг. -М.Ж ИНФРА-М, 1997.-1024 с.Четыркин Е.М. Финансовый анализ производственных инвестиций. -М.: Дело, 1998.-256 с.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: I

NVESTMENT MANAGEMENTModule Code: 1ECO442Leader: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr. oec.LecturerModule level

Irina Voronova4

Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hoursPre-requisites: The course is taught upon passing obligatory subjectsCo-requisites: None

SynopsisPrinciples of management of investment activities, indications of effectiveness of investment projects, issues of evaluation of sources and methods of choosing investments, principles of project management - in real assets of long-term investments are considered. Tools of investment design, financial analysis, exposure and evaluation of investments are studied and an idea of financial investments is given, as well as principles of formation of the investment portfolio are set forth.

Purposes

Page 117: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

To acquire knowledge that allows students to evaluate benefits and shortages of investment sources.

To master skills of risk analysis and effectiveness evaluation of different investment projects.

To get an idea of issues of project development, management of its implementation.To master methods of project exposure assessment in case of changes in a number

of decisive factors, and methods of risk analysis in indefinite circumstances.To study special terminology used in management of financial investments.

To understand basic strategies of investment portfolio formation, types of its yield and risk reduction, assessment.

Learning outcomesUpon completing the module, a student:

Is to know principles of investment project management.Is to be able to justify the choice of the funding source of an enterprise.

Is to be able to make complex analysis of the project in terms of technical , ecology, social, financial, commercial and economic issues.

Is to acquire practical skills in justified development of an investment project with and without computer facilities being used.Is to understand special terminology to be used in financial and technical analysis of

securities.Is to understand the nature of the portfolio theory, to have an idea of basic indications

that determine yield and risks of financial investments.

Module contentEconomic content of investments. Sources and methods of investment. Production investment project, its nature. Methods of investment projects evaluation. Analysis of investment projects. Expert evaluation in the project management system. Financial investments. Evaluation of stock and bond yield. Principles of investment portfolio formation: its description, formation, recommendations for layman investors.

Teaching methodsThe course is of block structure (the block ‘Investments and real assets’ and the block ‘Financial investments’) which allows to adopt it according to specific needs of students. The course consists of lectures and practical classes. Methods of effectiveness evaluation and assessment of risk factors are demonstrated in examples of a specific situation.Materials of the Institute and Faculty of Actuary, London) of 1996-1998 are used in preparing the other block of the course.

AssessmentUpon mastering the course, students pass a written examination in two parts:

the first part - short answers to theoretical questions of the course (a test and(or) an oral answer;

the second part - solution of a set of tasks in effectiveness of the investment project, quantitative assessment of risks, as well as evaluation of the funding source chosen and complex evaluation of real assets of the project.

Page 118: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Intermediate control is performed in the following form: performance of two tests, one independent work (in blocks 1 or 2 according to the student’s choice).

Intermediate control - 40%incl.: 2 tests - 20%independent work - 20%Final examination (written) - 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Hazans M., Bºliša S. K aug nauda. Ievads finansu matemtik. -R.: VAS ‘TIMA’, 1994.-85.-103 lpp.

Дерил Н. Принятие инвестиционных решений.- М.:Банки и Биржа, 1997.-219 с.Шеньшиков И.С. Финансовый анализ ценных бумаг. Курс лекции.-М.:Финансы и статистика, 1998.-

352 с. Прауде В., Прауде Р. Инвестирование в ценные бумаги: Основные понятия о ценных бумагах. /

Часть 1. - Рига., Àвиац. университет, УКЦ “GRADS SPЬ”, 1998.-143 с.Ðåäõýä Ê., Õüþèñ Ñ. Óïðàâëåíèå ôèíàíñîâûìè ðèñêàìè. — Ì., ÈÍÔÐÀ-Ì, 1996 -288 ñ.Шарп У.Ф., Александер Г.Дж., Бэйли Д.В. Инвестиции: Пер. с анг. -М.Ж ИНФРА-М, 1997.-1024 с.Четыркин Е.М. Финансовый анализ производственных инвестиций. -М.: Дело, 1998.-256 с.

Ôèíàíñîâîå óïðàâëåíèå ôèðìîé / Ïîä ðåä. Â.È. Òåðåõèíà. —Ì.: Ýêîíîìèêà, 1998- ñ. 208-258

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Principles of Business ActivitiesModule Code: 1ECO544Leader: A

leksandrs KerreLecturer: Aleksandrs KerreModule Level: 5Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

Module descriptionThe module gives an idea of basic principles of business activities, incl. legal forms, organization forms and conditions of foundation of commercial activities. The module acquaints with forms of making a business plan, basic principles of crediting, possibilities of loan receipt and requirements of credit institutions.

PurposesTo give basic knowledge of forms of business activities and legal basis of commercial activities. Organization of companies and starting up business in market conditions. To

Page 119: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

teach to make analysis of technical and economic indications of a business plan, according to requirements of credit institutions.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, students are to know and to be able:1. Legal issues related to starting up business activities, foundation of companies.2. To make a business plan.3. To make research and analysis of market demand and supply.4. To evaluate information on choice of the line of activities and competitors of a

company.5. To be competent in business peculiarities.

Module contentTypes and the content of business activities. Legal principles and foundation of a company. Organization and legal forms of enterprises. Types of attracting credit funds, business plan. Analysis of activities of an enterprise and evaluation of competitors capacities.

Methods and means of teachingTheoretical material is mastered in a lecture and seminars. In practical classes schedules and tables are considered and analyzed in the form of a “business game”.

AssessmentA test.Total assessment:practical work (business game) - 10%positive knowledge in practical classes - 20%positive knowledge in talks - 70%.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Áóñèãèí À. Â. Ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñòâî. – Ì. : ÈÍÔÐÀ - Ì , 1997.Îñíîâû ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñòâà . Ì.: Ãàðäàðèêà, 1996.

Êðóòèê À. Á. , Ïèìåíîâà À. Ë. Ââåäåíèå â ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñêóþ äåÿòåëüíîñòü. ÑÏÁ.: Ïîëèòåõíèêà, 1995.

Ïàíêðàòîâ Ô.Ã., Ñåðåãèíà Ò.Ê. Êîììåð÷åñêàÿ äåÿòåëüíîñòü: Ó÷åáíèê äëÿ âûñø. è ñðåäí. ñïåö. ó÷åáíûõ çàâåäåíèé.-Ì.: ÈÂÖ “Ìàðêåòèíã”, 1997.-328 ñ.

Tom Cannon . Enterpise: creation, development and growth. Heinmann. 1991.F. Drucker. Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Problems. Harper and

Row 1982.D.Ðíiltere. Uzòçmuma vadîðana. Rîga. 1998.

Highest educational establishment STA

Page 120: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: C

ommunications in BusinessModule Code: 1ECO431Leader: Nikolay Surin, DocentLecturer: Nikolay Surin, DocentModule Level: 4Credit Value: 3Module length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course gives knowledge on the human factor and observance of its role in work organization to students. Theory on interpersonal, group and public communication.Purposes1. To help students to communicate with other people more effectively in the

process of work. 2. To develop a leader’s properties, independence and skills of practical work in

them.Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, students are to be able:1. To feel the effect of the personality factor on men’s work and behaviour.2. To use various forms of communication in practice: to interpret behaviour of other

people, to make self-analysis, to work with the partner, the audience, in groups.3. To analyze behaviour in working environment.4. To professionally prepare information (orally, in writing).5. Development of skills of verbal (non-verbal) language.Module contentComponents of communication process. Verbal and non-verbal language. Communication with oneself: self-perception, self-assessment, I and the others. Forms of overcoming unsafe communication. Interpersonal communication. Group communication. Public communication. Analysis of public performance.Teaching methodsStudents acquire knowledge in lectures, seminars and practical classes, in analyzing and imitating communication situations, developing skills of speech and writing.AssessmentThe test:two public performances 20%analytical test 30%final questioning 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHYStamm K., R.Dube. The Relationship of Attitudinal Components to Trust in Media.Berko R., A.Wolvin, D.Wolvin. Communicating. Houghton Miffin Company, 1992.

Page 121: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Dillard J., B.Wilson. Communication and Affect. Communication Research, 20.1993, p. 637- 646.

Gamble T., M.Gamble. Communication Works. Mc Graww-Hill, Ins., 1990.Gamble T., M.Gamble. Communication Works. Mc Graww-Hill, Ins., 1990.Griffin E. Afirst look at Communication Theory. Mc Graw-Hill, Ins., 1991.Jansone I. Darba organizcijas ergonomiskie aspekti. 1 daŸa. R., RTU, 1992.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative

WorkModule Title: Quality Control SystemModule Code: 1ECO546Leader: Galina Kozaka, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Lecturer Galina Kozaka, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Module Level: 5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 3 hr.Pre-requisites: The course is taught upon hearing subjects of modules

1, 2 and 3Co-requisites: none

SynopsisThe course presents a survey of a complex of mutually related knowledge and issues on different levels of quality control, their mutual relations, their evaluation in terms of effective business activities, as well as on modern principles and regulations in the field of products standardization and certification.

PurposesTo give knowledge of quality control systems in enterprises to students.To acquire information on the international system of certification and certification

system in Latvia.To acquaint students with quality policy and specific purposes of the policy

implementation.To give knowledge of the necessity and sequence of introduction of quality

control system to students.

Learning outcomesUpon completing the module, students are to be able:To define control system in an organization and to explain it.

To know ISO standards.To understand quality systems.

Page 122: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

To acquire practical skills in justification of expenses required for the certification procedure and in preparing reports on them.

Module contentGeneral characteristics of the quality control system: the concept of quality, quality levels, quality in marketing, connection between quality control and management of the entire organization. Total quality monitoring (TQM) and quality prizes. Modern principles and regulations in the sphere of products standardization and certification. International, regional, national standards. Standardization and certification systems in Latvia. Quality policy, strategy and purposes. Introduction of quality control system.

Teaching methodsThe teacher has the role of a lecturer and an adviser in mastering theory and the role of an adviser in management of practical works. Students mainly master theoretical material, make home works, analyze and evaluate situations independently.

AssessmentIntermediate control is made in the following form: 2 intermediate tests and one independent work. Final control is made in the form of a written examination.

Intermediate control:2 tests - 20%1 independent work - 30%Final control - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Utehins G. Produkcijas standartizcija un sertifikcija. - R., KJF Biznesa komplekss, 1995.Oaklland Johns. Total Quality Management. 1995. European Jornal of Control.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title Quantitative Methods in BusinessModule Code 1ECO212Leader Vadim BurlyLecturer Vadim BurlyModule Level 2Credit Value 4 CPModule length One termNumber of hours per week 4 hr.Pre-requisites Mathematics, Theory of Probabilities and

Mathematical Statistics

Page 123: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Co-requisites None

SynopsisQuantitative methods in business is a subject with its object of studies being

statistical methods of evaluation, business forecasts, methods of studying mutual relations, possibilities of solution of various business problems by means of mathematical operations that serve as a basis in fulfilment of economic and management assignments.

Purposes1. To understand principles of data evaluation and data adjustment.2. To learn to apply the method of the least squares in order to form regression

curves.3. To be able to apply regression curves for business forecasts and analysis of time

series.4. To know methods of verifying hypotheses (for two and more phenomena).5. To learn to apply elementary models for solution of various business problems.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of the module, students must be able:

1. To apply the method of the least squares in order to form regression curves.2. To apply regression curves for business forecasts.3. To verify the simplest hypotheses.4. To apply the simplest demand and supply models in business.

Module ContentMethods of statistical evaluation. Correlation (linear and non-linear). The method

of the least squares. Criteria of non-parametric correlations. Verification of statistical hypotheses (for two phenomena). Analysis of variance. Elements of graph theory. Mathematical models of demand and supply. Optimization of resources distribution (graphical method).

Teaching MethodsBasic forms of teaching organization are lectures and practical classes. The lecturer has an adviser’s part in mastering theory and conduction of practical classes. During the term each student makes and presents 3 home assignments. Part of them (optimization of resources distribution, transport target) is performed with the help of a computer.

AssessmentThe total assessment of the course is formed as follows:

marks for home assignments - 30%an examination: written replies - 40%, oral reply - 30%.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Krasti¥š O. Varbžt¿bu teorija un matemtisk statistika. - R.: Zvaigzne, 1985.

Page 124: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Hazans M., Bli¥a S. Tirgus ekonomikas vienkrškie matematiskie modeŸi. - R.: LU, 1993. - 107. lpp.

Weinberg G. A., Schumaker J. A. Statistics. Brook/cole publishing company, 1984. - 388s.

Lucey T. Quantitative techniques. 4th edition. DP publications, Aldine place, London, 1992 - 531s.

Åôèìîâà Ì. Ð., Ïåòðîâà Å. Â., Ðóìÿíöåâ Â. Í. Îáùàÿ òåîðèÿ ñòàòèñòèêè. Ó÷åáíèê. - Ì.: ÈÍÔÐÀ-Ì, 1997 - 416 ñ.

Ãìóðìàí Â. Å. Òåîðèÿ âåðîÿòíîñòè è ìàòåìàòè÷åñêàÿ ñòàòèñòèêà. - Ì.: Âûñø. øê. 1987. - 367 ñ.

Highest educational establishment

STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: L

atvian Language Module Code: 3ECO168\268Leader: J. Samovichs, LecturerLecturer: J. Samovichs, LecturerModule Level: 1\2Credit Value: 8 CPModule length: 4 termsNumber of hours per week: 2\2\3\3 hr.Pre-requisites: Knowledge of the language at the level of the school syllabusCo-requisites: None

DESCRIPTION OF THE MODULEThe course is meant for students having preliminary knowledge in the Latvian language. The course provides for extension of knowledge and skills in the Latvian language, integration of students in the Latvian environment, possibility of further education in the Latvian language.

PURPOSES1. To supplement knowledge and skills in the Latvian language in different types of

communication: conversation in everyday issues, social political subjects, in talks of business nature.

2. To establish skills of dialogue and monologue speech.3. To improve skills of written works.4. To translate from the Russian language into the Russian language and vice versa

without a dictionary and with a dictionary.5. To develop skills of auditing, to teach to perceive texts of different complexity by

ear.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Page 125: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Upon mastering this module, students are to be able:1. To reply all questions in speciality subjects exhaustively;2. To retell any text in great detail;3. To ask questions and to answer them;4. To convincingly motivate their opinions in discussion;5. Spelling of the Latvian language;6. To make business texts in the Latvian language;7. Terminology of their speciality in the Latvian language.The course provides for correction of pronunciation, in case pronunciation of the Latvian language is mastered insufficiently; to use sentences of the most complex structure in conversation, to use complex tenses, passive voice, etc. of verbs.

MODULE CONTENTMinimum grammar. Communication at the level of literary language (etiquette of conversation). Teaching of thematic conversational language. Professional subjects.

TEACHING METHODSLectures and practical classes. Active mastering of vocabulary and conversational skills is the main thing in each class, special attention being paid to vocabulary, terminology of speciality.Students read chosen literature and give answers to the teacher, write reports in subjects

of their speciality, etc. independently. The report is read out in the class, discussion with the author of the report follows, the student being obliged to give exhaustive replies to questions, to give arguments and to defend their views during such discussion.

ASSESSMENTTest:- regular and active participation in classes - 30%- independent work (home reading) - 20%- answers to test questions (test) - 50%Examination:- translation of a speciality text from the Russian language to the Latvian language - 20%- examination of grammar knowledge and writing skills (test, a short composition) - 30%- conversation in issues of professional subjects - 50%Total assessment:- a report - 20%- a test - 30%an examination - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. A. Šalme, P. Ždris. Dialogs. Latviešu valodas pamati. Apgds SI.- R., 1994.2. B. Cepl¿tis, L. Cepl¿tis. Latviešu valodas praktisk gramatika. -R.: Zvaigzne, 1996.3. J. Rozenbergs. Latviešu un krievu valodas fonºmu sal¿dzinjums.- R.: LVU, 1969.

Page 126: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

4. Juridisko terminu vrdn¿ca. - R., 1995.5. Konsultants. Pal¿gl¿dzeklis valodas praksº. - R.: Avots, kopš 1982.6. Latviešu-krievu vrdn¿ca.- R.: Avots, 1990.7. V. Skuji¥a, R. Kvaš¿te. Lietiš¢o teicienu vrdn¿ca. - R.: Zintne, 1991.8. V. Skuji¥a. Latviešu terminolo‡ijas izstrdes principi. - R.: Zintne, 1993.9. A. Pèæèÿ, A. Ocèïoâa. Ïpaêòè÷ecêaÿ ãpaììaòèêa ëaòûøcêoão ÿçûêa â cèòyaòèâíûõ yïpaæíeíèÿõ. - P., 199110. Pyccêo-ëaòûøcêèé paçãoâopíèê.- P.: Pyccêèé ÿçûê, Aâoòc11. A. Còeëëe, A. Còpayìe. Èçy÷aeì ëaòûøcêèé ÿçûê. - P.: Çâaéãçíe, 1989-199112. R. Kvelde , G. Matule . Rakst¿sim latviski bez kŸždm .- R.: Zvaigzne , 199413. V. Skuji¥a . Valsts valodas prasmei lietved¿bas dokumentos .- R.: 199314. I. Jundze , I. Liepi¥a . Latviešu valoda lietiš¢am cilvºkam . Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis. – R.:

Zvaigzne , 199815. Latviski par Latviju . Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis . – R.: Zvaigzne , 199816. R. Koluœa . Pal¿dzi , msi¥ ! Pareizrakst¿bas rokasgrmata . – R.: Zvaigzne , 199417. Juridisko terminu vrdn¿ca . J. Vºbera red . - R¿ga: Rasma , 1994

Highest educational establishment STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: H

istory of Latvian CultureModule Code: 3ECO163Leader: Andris NimanisLecturer: Andris NimanisModule Level: 1Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

Module descriptionThe course of history of Latvian culture is based on man’s attitude to environment and himself. The course retains chronological principles, as this facilitates formation of the united view of culture of the Baltics. Special attention is paid to history of Latvian culture and national peculiarities. A short insight into political history, history of literature and history of philosophy is given, as the former two ought to be known already from the course of the secondary school, and the course of philosophy of Latvia is to be studied as an independent subject.

Purposes1. To give knowledge and understanding of processes and peculiarities of historical

formation of the state culture.

Page 127: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

2. To form understanding that cultural differences are created not so much by many things and objects, as by attitude of people to them, to themselves and people around themselves.

3. To show history of Latvian culture as an organic element of history of world culture.

4. To form tolerant attitude among representatives of different cultures.

Learning outcomes1. To freely know facts.2. To be able to see connection between cultural processes in areas of Latvia, in

Latvia as a whole, in the Baltics and in the world.

Module contentCulture of ancient inhabitants of Latvia. Balts, their mode of life and material culture. Religion and mythology of Balts. Latvian traditional culture. Christian missionary work and Christian confessions in Livonia. Medieval cultural monuments of Livonia. Mode of life and traditions of inhabitants of Livonia. Major cultural monuments of Latvia (16 - 18 cent.). Latvians and Christianity (16 - 19 cent.). Latvian culture (16 - 19 cent.) German culture in Latvia (16 - 19 cent.). Latvian Atmoda (Awakening) and national culture (middle of 19 cent. - early 20 cent.). Trends of culture of the free Latvian state. Art in the period of the free Latvian state. Culture during World War II and in conditions of post-war totalitarism (1940 - 1959). Latvian culture in the second half of 20 cent.

Methods and means of teachingThe course is taught in the form of active lectures and seminars, students express their

opinions and control questioning is performed. Students write reports in subjects offered by the teacher.

AssessmentA test.

Active work in seminars - 30%A report - 30%A final test - 40%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Balodis A. Latvijas un latviešu tautas vºsture. R., 1991.Johansons A. Latvijas kultžras vºsture 1710.-1800. Stokholma, 1975.Latviešu kultžra senatnº. R., 1937.Latvija. Prskats par tautas att¿st¿bu. R., 1995.Latvijas kultžras vºsture. Lekciju konspekts. RTU, 1993.

Nacionl politika Baltijas valst¿s. R., 1995.Švbe A. Latvijas vºsture 1800.-1914. R., 1991.Švbe A. Latvju kultžras vºsture. 1.-2. d. R., 1921., 1922.

Page 128: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Zeile P. Latviešu kultžra 20.-30. gados. R., 1989.Ècòopèÿ êyëüòypû Ëaòâèè. Ó÷eáíoe ïocoáèe. Cocò. A. Ïpèeäèòèc. Äayãaâïèëc. A.K.A, 1996

Highest educational establishment STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Methods of Acquiring Learning SkillsModule Code: 3ECO162Leader: Metju Rendells, Prof Lecturer: Irina Ievinga, lektoreModule Level: 1Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: 1 termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe task of the module is to develop self-evaluation skills of students, their ability to analyze teaching process, to be aware of their learning style, to acquire the art of presentation and writing.Purposes1. To involve students in the process of education improvement.2. To develop skills of independent work.3. To teach to reasonably distribute their time, to develop the system of studies

planning and organization.4. To analyze conformity of the learning process to students’ needs and

requirements.Learning outcomesUpon completing the module, students are to be able and to know:1. to organize their work and to concentrate themselves on mastering the subject;2. peculiarities and methods of classes (lectures, seminars, practical classes);3. to evaluate their own answers (oral, written).Module contentThe process of acquiring knowledge, general conditions. Preparation for lectures. Preparation for seminars and practical classes. Preparation for test works, writing reports, synopses, essays. Independent work with special literature. Preparation for writing of a course paper and a graduation paper: advice, recommendations. Questioning (filling up questionnaires) for improvement of the process of studies.Teaching methods

Page 129: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The module is mastered in lectures, seminars and practical classes. During classes students are allowed to freely and constructively express their requirements. Questioning is envisaged in order to know what teaching style students prefer, about seminar models, etc.AssessmentA test:active work in seminars and practical classes 30%participation in questioning 20%independent work 50%.

BIBLIOGRAPHYScrivener, J. Learning Teaching (Heinemann)Harmer, J. The Practice of English Language Teaching (Longman)

Bowen, T. and Mark, J. Inside Teaching (Heinemann)White, R. et al. Management (OUP)

Augstskolu likums.\\ LR Saeimas un MK Zi¥otjs, 1996. 1.nr. Socils Tehnolo‡ijas Institžta iekšºjie noteikumi. R -1997.Ëèåïèíüø Ý. Êàê ïîäãîòîâèòü è çàùèòèòü ïèñüìåííóþ ðàáîòó. Ðèãà, 1997.

Àòêèíñîí Ã. ×åëîâå÷åñêàÿ ïàìÿòü è ïðîöåññ îáó÷åíèÿ. Ì., 1980.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: M

acroeconomicsModule Code: 1ECO207Leader: Doc. Mariya VolodinaLecturer: Doc. Mariya VolodinaModule Level: 2.Credit Value: 4.Module length: two termsNumber of hours per week: 3\2Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SynopsisIn this module basic problems characterizing macroeconomic situation in the state are studied - growth of economy, full employment, stability of prices, the meaning of fiscal and monetary policies in assurance of macroeconomic stability.

Purposes1. To acquaint students with laws of market economy functioning at the level of

macroeconomics.2. To help students understand the process of decision-making in macroeconomics.3. To give knowledge of reality of economic policy of Latvia to students.4. To form deeper understanding of processes under way in national economy of

Latvia.

Page 130: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

5. To acquaint students with reality of economic policy of other states.

Learning outcomesUpon completion of the module, students are to be able and to know:1. Theory of macroeconomics.2. The role of the state in market economy.3. Keynesian and monetary approaches in state regulation of market economy,

differences between Keynesian and monetary approaches to monetary and credit policy.

4. Purposes of monetary policy of Latvia, instruments, peculiarities and consequences of the object.

5. Principles of set-up of the finance system, the role of fiscal policy in state regulation of economy.

6. Major lines of social policy.7. Factors and indications of economic growth.8. Reasons of the process of internationalization of economy and forms of

manifestation thereof.

Module contentMacroeconomics studies social and economic processes at the level of national economy of the state. Generation, distribution and re-distribution of gross domestic product, the role of financial investments in the process of re-distribution, the role of money, banks and credit in national economy are surveyed.

Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures and seminars with solution of different tasks, discussion of reports, scientific research work of students.

AssessmentThree intermediate tests (test works in the form of a test and in the form of solution of tasks), a test, an examination and a course paper are envisaged during the term as a method of control of the course.The total assessment consists of three elements:1. Course paper - 20%2. Positive knowledge shown in seminars - 20%3. Positive knowledge shown in the examination - 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHYMc.Connel C.B., Brue S.L. Ekonomics-Principls, Problems and Policies.-Mc.Graww Hill,

Ins.- 1996, 825p.Parkin M., Bade R. Ekonomic:-Sekond Edition. Addisin-Ontario: Wesley Publishers

Limited, 1994.-1104p.Samuelson P.A.,Nordhaus W.D. Economics: 13th Edition.-New York: Mc.Graw-Hill BookBikse V. Makroekonomikas pamati. Teorija. Problºmas. Politika.-R., Mac¿bu centrs

“Tur¿ba”, 1998.-315 lpp.Libermanis G. Makroekonomikas teorija un Latvijas att¿st¿bas problºmas: 1.un 2.

daŸa.-R., SIA “Kamane”, 1998.

Page 131: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Libermanis G. Starptautiskie ekonomiskie sakari un Latvija. - R., SIA “Kamane”, 1997.-183 lpp.

Stiglics Dœ.e. Drifils Dœ. Makroekonomika.-R., LU, 1994.-425 lpp.Äopáíyø P., Ôèøep C., Øìaëeíçè Ç. Ýêoíoìèêa: Ïepeâoä c aíãë.-M., Äeëo ËTÄ, 1993.-864

c.Maêêoíeë K.P., Ápþ C.Ë. Ýêoíoìèêc: Ïpèíöèïû, ïpoáëeìû è ïoëèòèêa: â 2-õ òoìaõ. M.,

Pecïyáëèêa, 1992.Caìyýëücoí P.A., Hopäõayc B.Ä. Ýêoíoìèêa. 1998.-800 c.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: MarketingModule Code: 1EKO210Leader: Lyudmila Selivanova, Docent, dr. oec.Lecturer: Lyudmila Selivanova, Ineta GeipeleModule Level: 2Credit Value: 6 CPModule length: Two termsNumber of hours per week: 4\2 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

SynopsisIn this module students master issues of theory and practice of marketing in relation to the system of company management. This approach is topical under conditions of competition in the market of goods manufacturers and services. Knowledge of marketing allows to develop and consolidate new economic thinking under conditions of transition to the market economics.

Purposes1. To create understanding of basic concepts, principles, theories, models, functions

of marketing and their application in business activities.2. To give modern knowledge in theory of company management, making use of

marketing.3. Types of analysis of market and its environment, mastering them, finding out

possibilities of market.4. Finding out various aspects of set-up of marketing strategy of a company

according to the place in the market, in the world trade.5. Understanding of marketing tactics and work with each of marketing complexes.6. To find out how companies organize, introduce, evaluate and control marketing.7. To create understanding of specialized lines of marketing to be mastered further

on.

Learning outcomes

Page 132: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Upon mastering this module, students are to be able:1. To use theory of marketing in the system of company management.2. To analyze marketing possibilities of companies.3. To form marketing strategy of a company.4. To plan marketing programs in each marketing complex.5. To make a marketing plan for a company engaged in rendering services.6. To organize, introduce, evaluate and control marketing of a company.7. To foresee changes in the market.

Page 133: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Module contentThe concept, nature, purposes, evolution and tasks of marketing. Variable marketing environment. Factors of macroenvironment of a company. Microenvironment. Market segmentation. Choice of the target market. Peculiarities of consumer market. The model of the buyer’s behaviour. The process of making a purchase decision. Peculiarities of enterprises market. The market of industrial enterprises, mediators, the market of state enterprises. Competition. Marketing strategy against competitors in the market. Position of a company. The system of marketing information. Marketing research. Marketing complex. Goods. Goods demonstration and classification. New goods. The life cycle of goods. Brands, marks of goods. Packing. Price. Methods of price formation. Price strategy of a company. Price distribution. Price progress. Wholesale trade. Retail trade. Marketing communications. The model of communication process. Sales encouragement. Promotion. Propagation. Personal sale. Creative execution of promotion. Promotion means, types and materials. The code of promotion practice. The role of marketing in the sphere of services. Direct marketing. International marketing. Global marketing. Strategies of market leaders. Marketing planning and control.

Teaching methodsLectures and practical classes, individual and in groups. In practical classes main attention is paid to use of theory of marketing and management of activities of a company.Students are given a possibility to choose the subject for their course paper and to write it under the teacher’s guidance.

AssessmentA course paper, making independent research and writing the paper on the subject chosen - 70%. Defence of the paper in front of the group - 30%.The test: active work in seminars - 30%; writing reports - 30%; final questioning - 40%.The examination: written answers - 50%; arguments of an oral answer, expressing one’s opinion on the nature of the examination question - 50%.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BeŸ›ikovs J., Praude V. Mrketings. -R¿ga: Zvaigzne, 1994. 302 lpp.Proctor T. Essentials of marketing research. Finantial Times Pitman publishing.

London, 1997, -360 p.Êîòëåð Ô. Ìàðêåòèíã ìåíåäæìåíò. — ïåð. ñ àíãë. Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã: “Ïèòåð”, 1998 -896 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title Mathematical Modelling in BusinessModule Code 1ECO545

Page 134: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Leader J.-R. Kalninsh, dr. hab. phys.

Lecturer J.-R. Kalninsh, dr. hab. phys., Vadim Burly, dr.Module Level 5Credit Value 4 CPModule length one termNumber of hours per week 5 hr.Pre-requisites MathematicsCo-requisites none

SynopsisMathematical models in business is a subject that studies methods of

mathematical formulation and solution (analytically and with a computer) of various extreme economic assignments, required in order in making management decisions.

Purposes1. To teach to form mathematical models of linear programming (LP) assignments.2. To master mathematical bodies for solution of LP assignments.3. To learn to solve LP assignments by simplex method.4. To master solutions of transport assignments.5. To know principles of non-linear programming.6. To get acquainted with principles of dynamic programming.7. To learn to solve LP assignments with a computer.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of the module, students must be able:

1. To form mathematical models of LP assignments.2. To solve linear and non-linear programming assignments in an analytical form.3. To solve LP assignments (extreme, transport) with a computer.

Module ContentEconomic assignments that may be applied to linear programming assignments.

Systems of linear equations and their solution. Simplex method. Linear programming of whole numbers. Transport assignment (in the form of a matrix). Principle of non-linear programming. Dynamic programming.

Teaching MethodsThe basic form of teaching organization includes lectures and practical classes. Practical classes include time meant for work with computers. The lecturer is an adviser in mastering theory and in conducting practical works. During the term each student makes and presents 3 home assignments. Part of them (optimization of resources distribution, transport target) is performed with the help of a computer.

Assessment

Page 135: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The mark for the course is formed from marks for home assignments (50%) and the examination mark (50%).

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Lucey T. Quantitative techniques. 4th edition. DP publications, Aldine place, London, 1992 - 531 s.

Êóçíåöîâ Þ.Í., Êóçóáîâ Â.Ê., Âîëîùåíêî À.Â. Ìàòåìàòè÷åñêîå ïðîãðàììèðîâàíèå. - Ì.: Âûñøàÿ øêîëà, 1976.

Êàëàõìàí È.Ë., Âîéòåíêî Ï.A. Äèíàìè÷åñêîå ïðîãðàììèðîâàíèå â ïðèìåðàõ è çàäà÷àõ. Ì.: Âûñøàÿ øêîëà, 1976. -

Êàëàõìàí È.Ë. Ñáîðíèê çàäà÷ ïî ìàòåìàòè÷åñêîìó ïðîãðàììèðîâàíèþ. Ì.: Âûñøàÿ øêîëà, 1975. - 176 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: S

mall-Scale Business Management

Module Code: 1ECO441*Leader: Galina Kozak, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Lecturer: Galina Kozak, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 4 CP Module length: One termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: Organization of Production and Services.Co-requisites: Accounting in Business

Description of the moduleThe given module covers issues of legal forms of business activities. Basic concepts, purposes of business activities and its organization, legal principles, analysis of resources and risk. Peculiarities of organization and functioning of small-scale business.Teaching purposes1. To help students to acquire knowledge on organization of small-scale business in

the republic.2. To teach peculiarities of small-scale business management to students.3. To give knowledge in planning of financial activities of small-scale business.4. To acquaint with tax legislation in small-scale business.Learning outcomes1. To know how to organize small-scale business.2. To know what legal acts regulate small-scale business.3. To teach to plan activities of small-scale business, changes in market conditions.4. To know the mechanism of price formation.5. To know forms of financial reporting of small-scale business.

Page 136: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Module contentDifference of business activities from other types of work. Basic variable values in choosing legal form of an enterprise: responsibility, control, taxes. The necessity of a business plan. Purposes of business activities and its organization. Major functions of a manager. Commodity policy and planning. Calculation of sale of goods and services, methods of stating prices. Finance planning, strategies of reporting.Teaching methods and meansTeaching includes weekly lectures and seminars with elements of discussion.AssessmentThe examination (written) where one has to answer one theoretical question and solve one task.

BIBLIOGRAPHYJ. Benze. Vad¿bas grmatved¿ba III daŸa. R¿ga, Mc¿bu centrs Grmatvedis, 1995.Biznesa plana ceŸvedis. Sabiedr¿ba “Pºtergailis”, R¿ga, 1994.Lambdens Tardœets. Maz biznesa finanses. Praktiska pieeja. R.: VTF 1994.D. V¿tera, K. V¿permane. Mrketings mazajos uz¥ºmumos. Biznesa plns. R¿ga,

Merkurijs LAT, 1995.Ëüâîâ Þ.À. Îñíîâû ýêîíîìèêè è îðãàíèçàöèè áèçíåñà. Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã: “Ôîðìóëà”, 1992.Êóðñ ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñòâà: Ó÷åáíèê äëÿ ÂÓÇîâ/Â. Ãîðôèíêåëü, Â.Øâàíäàð, Å. Êóïðèÿíîâ

è äð.; Ïîä ðåä. ïðîô. Ãîðôèíêåëÿ, Â.Øâàíäàðà. Ì.: Ôèíàíñû, ÞÍÈÒÈ, 1997.Optional Subjects: 2ECO341\441\541, 2CP, 2 h. per Week.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative Work

Module Title: Principles of Retail Trade Organization

Module Code: 2ECO361\461\561Leader: Aleksandr Kerre, LecturerLecturer: Aleksandr Kerre, LecturerModule Level: 3\4\5Credit Value: 2Module length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: skills in using computers, a projector with a

screen

SynopsisThe training course (module) summarizes materials and statistical data on development of retail trade in Latvia. The course reflects research of retail trade (and wholesale trade) markets, competition, price formation marketing and promotion principles. The mechanism of price formation and principles of market policy implementation are reviewed especially. The course contains a survey of application and practical use of

Page 137: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

trade techniques in the practice of wholesale and retail trade. In addition, the practical part of the course consists of review of trade conditions in practical classes and seminars. Various trade patterns with use of different legal tender: checks and bills, credit cards, etc. are used in visible materials.

Purposes1. To give knowledge on basic principles of formation of internal retail trade (and

wholesale trade) market and work organization on the basis of foreign and Latvia theoretical experience.

2. To acquaint with basic norms and laws of the Republic of Latvia in carrying out retail and wholesale trade (including analysis of trade regulations).

3. To teach to make plans of commercial activities in retail (wholesale) trade, to study formation of market segments and influence in competitive activities.

4. To teach to make schemes of trade transactions with the agency of banks and to make trade documents for internal and foreign markets.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of the module, the student is to know and to be able to:1. Theoretical issues in:the basics of the law and trade regulations of the Republic of Latvia;basic principles of international trade and making documents for transactions;formation of the commodity market, evaluation and calculations of the goods demand

and supply.2. To make the draft plan of commercial activities and settlement patterns in retail

and wholesale trade.3. To make a marketing plan, to solve special tasks and possible problems.4. To analyze competitiveness of a company in the consumer market, to make the

competitors description and to analyze the same.

Module ContentIntroduction: Basic principles of retail trade and wholesale trade organization. Market formation. The goods supply and demand.Marketing principles in trade: Market research. Price and goods competition. Market differentiation and analysis of segments. Making and evaluation of the competitors description.Organization of practical trade: Trade technique. Technological schemes of points of sale.Theoretical basis of carrying out trade: The law of the Republic of Latvia and orders of the Republic of Latvia Cabinet in trade. Trade regulations and licensing.Making patterns and analysis of trade regulations: Local market. Foreign market (international settlements for goods delivery).

Teaching Methods In view of the course content, two forms of training are used:teaching theoretical material in the form of lectures and in seminars;

Page 138: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

practical classes with schemes offered in the form of posters, and analysis thereof (considering schemes and tables offered in screen images (with the help of a projector) in the form of “business games”).

AssessmentThe examination is evaluated according to a ten-point system. The test proceeds in the form of a talk. In knowledge assessment activities in seminars and practical classes, as well as the quality of making the written assignment are taken into account.Total assessment:1. Practical work (during the business game) - 20%2. Positive knowledge shown in seminars - 15%3. Positive knowledge shown in the examination - 65%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

LR likums “Par akciju sabiedr¿bm”. LR tirdzniec¿bas noteikumi un normat¿vie materili.

LR MK r¿kojums N 237.19.06.1992. “Par mazumtirdzniec¿bas pamata noteikumiem”.LR likums “Par patºrºtju ties¿bu aizsardz¿bu” 28.10.1992.LR MK Noteikumi “Par daœda veida uz¥ºmºjdarb¿bas licencºšanu” N 434.

19.11.1996. (Prºjie tirdzniec¿bas normat¿vie akti-pºc Noteikumu saraksta institžta bibliotºk).

G.Libermanis “Uz¥ºmºjdarb¿bas pamati” 1,2,3 daŸas. - R¿ga: LVU, 1997.D.V¿tera. K.Vipermane “Mrketings mazajos uz¥ºmumos”. “Merkurijs Lat” SIA. R¿ga.

1995.P.Moppèc “Mapêeòèíã: cèòyaöèè è ïpèìepû”. M. “Þíèòè”. 1996.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: MicroeconomicsModule Code: 1ECO104Leader: Mariya Volodina, dr. oec.Lecturer: Mariya Volodina, dr. oec.Module Level: 1Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: 2 term.Number of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SynopsisIn the given module analysis of practice of national and international corporations and companies of several states, methods of modern business transactions and management in international sphere are offered.

Page 139: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

This module studies basic laws of business activities at the level of an enterprise that help to develop strategy and to make optimum management decisions.

Purposes1. The purpose of the course is to enable students to master the theory of

microeconomics and to practically use them in evaluation of various alternatives and in making better economic decisions.

2. To acquaint students with basic laws of demand and supply and principles of the theory of limit usefulness.

3. To form deeper understanding of basic principles of the theory of production.4. To help students understand peculiarities of basic market types.5. To give description of full and partial competition and to acquaint students with

profit maximization and losses minimization in various market models.6. To form understanding of peculiarities of production factors, price formation in

students.7. To acquaint students with the concepts of partial and total balance, conditions of balance in a short-term and long-term periods.

Learning outcomes1. To understand theory of microeconomics and consequences of one’s own action

and that of other economic subjects with regard to decision-making in various situations of economic life of society.

2. To explain causes and consequences of changes in demand and supply.3. To explain the concept of limit usefulness and to substantiate conditions of

consumer balance.4. To characterize production costs and their dynamics.5. To characterize conditions of full and partial competition.6. To understand conditions of use of production factors.7. To characterize general balance of the market system.

Module contentMicroeconomics is a science on alternative possibilities of effective use of limited resources. Laws of demand and supply, elasticity of demand and supply, theories of final usefulness and consumer action in the market, production organization and optimization in complete and partial market models, peculiarities of the market of production resources, market shortages and the role of state in economy are studied.

Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures and seminars with solution of various tasks, scientific research work of students.

AssessmentThe method of the course control - two test works between terms (a test, solution of tasks), the test, the examination.Total assessment:

Active participation in seminars - 20%

Page 140: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Test works - 20%Test\The examination - 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mc. Connel C. B., Brue S. L. Economics — Principls, Problems and Policies. — Mc. Grow Hill, Inc., 1996. - 825 p.

Parkin M., Bade R. Economics — Sekond Edition. Addision - Ontario: Wersley Publishers Limited, 1994. -1104 p.

Samuelson P. A., Nordhous W. D. Economics: 13th Edition. — New Jork: Mc Graw-Hill Book Company, 1989 — 1013 p.

Libermanis G.Tirgus, cenas, konkurence — R., Komene. Ekonomsts, 1998. — 250 lpp.OŸevskis G. Mikroekonomika. — R.: LTVSVI, 1996. — 169 lpp.Stiglies Dœ. E.Drifils Dœ. Mikroekonomika —R.: LU, 1995 —425 lpp.Monsfield E. Microekonomics. 8tt. ed. Norton, New Jork. — London, 1994.Pindyck R.S., Rubinfeld D.L. Mickoeconomics. 2nd ed.Škapars R. Mikroekonomika — R¿ga: LU, 1998. - 390 lpp.Ìàêêîíåë Ê.Ð., Áðþ Ñ.Ë. Ýêîíîìèêñ: Ïðèíöèöû, ïðîáëåìû è ïîëèòèêà: â 2-õ òîìàõ, -11å èçä. Ì.:

Ðåñïóáëèêñ 1992.- 400 lpp.Äîðáóø Ð., Ôèøåð Ñ., Øìîëåíçè Ç. Ýêîíîìèêà.- Ì.: Äåëî ËÒÄ, 1993. — 864 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Motivation and Social Aspects of

Business ActivitiesModule Code: 1ECO319Leader: Larisa VaikuteLecturer: Larisa VaikuteModule Level: 3Credit Value: 2Module length: 1Number of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SYNOPSISThe module teaches of industrial capitalism of Europe, social and behaviour

environment of business activities and its meaning in functioning of enterprises.

PURPOSESTo form understanding of:1. Social and behaviour environment of business activities.

Page 141: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

2. To teach to evaluate and use social biological and psychologicl methods in understanding of business activities.

LEARNING OUTCOMESUpon mastering the module, students are to know and to be able:1. Basic social and economic indications of industrial society of Europe.2. The meaning of social and behaviour processes in business activities.3. To compare social and behaviour processes with specific aspects of

behaviour at an enterprise.4. To make a survey of social and behaviour aspects of business activities

and to summarize data.

MODULE CONTENTSociological perspective of society, sociological methods, social and behaviour

environment in business activities. Industrial society as one of types of society, industrial capitalism as a social economic system, changes in capitalism and development of monopoly capitalism. Management of an enterprise, introduction into psychology, understanding of physical and Projection. Use of projections in planning. Methods of economic analysis. Methods of sampling research. Stating demand variability in the affect of prices, promotion and incomes on demand. Simulation of market demand and demand for products.Methods of quantitative regression. ARIMA models. Projection according to sociological and economic indications.Evaluation of projection results. Financial projections. Peculiarities of financial incomes. Changes of simulated prices: everyday incomes with non-stationary changes. AR and ARMACH processes. Variability of projected further incomes.Simulation of price trends in long commodity and currency runs.Optional trade models.

TEACHING METHODSLectures and practical classes, individual work with students, work in groups. In practical classes attention is basically paid to models and methods of projection and analysis of a specific market situation.In practical classes in the computer room Statographics, Minitab plus and special programs applied in long-term financing are used. In studying the module, students choose the subject, form and make research of a model, and write a course paper on it.

ASSESSMENTThe course paper:

research, formation of a model, writing the paper - 80%defence in the class - 20%

The Examination:answers (oral) to questions - 50%work with the computer - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Page 142: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

D. J. Wood . Business and Society . Harper Collins , 1990 .M. Argyle . Social Psychology of Work . 2 nd Edition , Penguin , 1991. J. Arnold . Work Psychology . Pitman , London , 1990 . K. Grint . Sociology of Work . Oxford , Polity Press , 1991 . S. Hall & B. Gieben . Formations of Modernity . Polity Press , 1992 .

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Modern Problems of Business ActivitiesModule Code: 1ECO547Leader: Irina Voronova, dr. oec.Lecturer Irina Voronova, dr. oec., guest lecturers, representatives

of the State Revenue serviceModule Level: 1Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: The course is taught upon hearing subjects of modules 1, 2,

3 and 4Co-requisites: None

Annotation

The course will cover business actualities, the point of view of public services will be expressed concerning changes in business control.

Goals1 To give introduction in dealing with business problems.2 To show the process of negotiations, “round table”.

Results of courseAfter the course students must understand and deal with business problems

Teaching methodsLessons take place in form of lectures (3-4), they are read by guest lecturers and

representatives of public services and municipalities. Meetings with businessmen. During the learning process students will be introduced with business problems in negotiations and working independently, in seminars, presenting reports, taking part in negotiations. During seminars students will search how to deal with business problems.

ValuationTotal mark – test:

Page 143: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1 Working independently, reports, research – 50%2 Positive knowledge in seminars – 20%3 Positive knowledge in the test – 30%.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: T

axes and DutiesModule Code: 2ECO353/453/553Leader: Yevgeniya Zaitseva, master of econ.Lecturer Yevgeniya Zaitseva, master of econ.Module Level: 3\4\5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Principles of finance. Business Economics

Financial accounting.Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course gives a survey of functions of taxes in economy of Latvia: types of taxes, relations of enterprises with taxation organizations, taxation of natural persons. The course explains methods of tax calculation, as well as outlines peculiarities and differences of specific taxes proceeding from tax laws.PurposeTo give knowledge of the system of taxes of the Republic of Latvia and their history.To study regulations of calculation of major taxes.To teach to use current tax laws of the Republic of Latvia in business activities.Learning outcomesUpon completing this module, students:

Are to know the current structure of tax laws of the republic of Latvia, current taxes and duties.

Are to know application of current taxes of the Republic of Latvia in business activities.Are to make tax calculation according to current laws.Are to be able to fill up the declaration and to make reports.

Module contentTax system of the Republic of Latvia: history of tax laws, classification of taxes and their nature, the Law on Taxes and Duties. Income tax: tax-payers, tax calculation; procedures of levying and payment, income declaration, control and adjustment. Property tax: tax-payers, procedures of calculation, payment. Value-added tax. Analysis of most typical errors arising in tax calculation.

Page 144: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Responsibility for infringements of tax laws. Calculation and payment of penalties and fines. Elements of foreign tax laws.Teaching methods and meansTeaching includes weekly lectures and practical classes with solution of tasks.AssessmentA test (written), where one is to answer one theoretical question and to solve one practical situation.

BIBLIOGRAPHYLR likums “Par Valsts ie¥ºmumu dienestu”LR NodokŸu sistºma (NodokŸu dokumenti), 1998. (ar izm.)

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: O

perative Production PlanningModule Code: 2ECO354\454\554Leader: Galina Kozaka, dr. sc. ing.Lecturer: Galina Kozaka, dr. sc. ing.Module Level: 3 or 4 or 5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Organization of Production and ServicesCo-requisites: none

SynopsisThis module includes issues of types of plans, their peculiarities, current planning of production activities, principles of planning, organization of planning works in an enterprise. Relation between operative planning and management.Purposes1. To help students understand relations among all types of plans and in the meaning

of the operative plan.2. To teach students specializing in business economics, to develop operative plans

and to organize control of their fulfilment.3. To teach students to make management decisions on the basis of results of

fulfilment of the operative plan.Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, students are to know and to be able:1. Peculiarities of operative planning.2. The role and meaning of operative planning in production.3. To develop an operative plan and to evaluate the same.4. To make management decisions in order to make adjustment of the business

development plan.Module content

Page 145: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The nature of operative production planning, connection with other plans. Norms and rates of production. Planning of output volume. Planning of material resources. Provisions. Planning of equipment usage. Planning of use of manpower. Operative plan and operative management.Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures and practical classes with solution of tasks.AssessmentThe test (written), where one is to answer one theoretical question and to solve one situation.

BIBLIOGRAPHYÊóðñ ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñòâà: Ó÷åáíèê äëÿ ÂÓÇîâ. Ïîä ðåä. ïðîô. Ãîðôèíêåëÿ, Â.Øâàíäàðà.

Ì.: Ôèíàíñû, ÞÍÈÒÈ, 1997.Ãåð÷èêîâà È. Ìåíåäæìåíò: Ó÷åáíèê. Ì.: Áàíêè è áèðæè, ÞÍÈÒÈ, 1995.

Highest educational establishment STAS

yllabus Business Economics and Administrative Work

Module Title: TECHNOLOGIES OF MANAGEMENT DECISIONS

Module Code: 1ECO322Leader: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr.oec.Lecturer: Irina VoronovaModule Level: 3Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course summarizes basic factors that help specialists of an enterprise to make decisions and to decide what products to manufacture, how to finance the enterprise and to determine whether a project is repaid.Principles of development and implementation of technologies of management decisions are set forth. Methods and models of economic and mathematical analysis of commercial risk.

Purposes1. To serve as an integrating module in commercial training, where such subjects as

economics, book-keeping and management accounting, as well as quantitative methods are involved.

2. To study factors affecting effectiveness of management decisions as the major condition in achieving its competitiveness.

Page 146: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

3. To give adequate methods to students that allow them to put forward and solve commercial problems.

4. Studying methods of analysis, forecasting, optimization and economic justification of management decisions within management system.

5. Acquiring practical skills in development of management decisions with the help of specific situations developed and practical assignments, with and without application of computer devices.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of this module, a student must be able:1. To understand essential elements of a problem, to formulate and analyze options

of solution.2. To master technologies of development, adopting, implementation and motivation

of a qualitative management decision.3. Skills of decision-making methods under conditions of risk and uncertainty are to

be acquired.4. To make use of appropriate qualitative methods of making short-term and long-

term decisions in situations of limited resources.Module ContentRequirements for the quality of management decisions. Technologies of development and implementation of management decisions. Methods of forecasting management decisions. Decision-making methods under conditions of risk and uncertainty. Decisions on expenses, incomes and price formation. Methods of making short-term and long-term decisions in situations of limited resources. Making long-term decisions in the sphere of financial investments.

Teaching Methods A two-hour class per week is divided into a half-hour lecture and an hour-and-a-half practical class. Concepts and technical methods are generalized in lectures. Practical classes are used to review problems, to demonstrate technical methods, to prepare written replies.

AssessmentIntermediate control is performed as follows: 2 intermediate tests and one independent work. The independent work is a short description of situations, analysis and the decision made within the enterprise. Intermediate tests are based on practical classes dedicated to analysis and decision-making technique. Final control is performed in the form of a written examination consisting of two parts. Part I - short replies that allow to check up understanding of methods of management decision-making (in the form of replies and(or) tests); part II - solution of a set of assignments that allows to evaluate practical skills.Intermediate control

2 tests - 20%1 independent work - 30%Final control (written examination) - 50%

Page 147: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Vad¿bas grmatved¿ba. 2.daŸa. Lºmumu piešemšana. - R.: Finansu ministrija, 1995.-� 102 lpp.

Чернов В.А. Анализ коммерческого риска. -М.: Финансы и статистика, 1998.-128 с. Фатхутдинов Р.А. Разработка управленческого решения: Учебник для вузов - 2-е изд., доп.-М.: ЗАО

“Бизнес школа” интел-Синтез” 1998.-272 с.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: M

anagement AccountingModule Code: 1ECO318Leader: Valentina Vasilyeva, Docent, dr. oec.Lecturer: Valentina Vasilyeva, Docent, dr. oec.Module Level: 3Credit Value: 5 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: Accounting in businessCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course deals with elements of finance management. Connection of finance of an enterprise with the state and local budget, special budget. The fixed capital of joint stock companies. Methods of evaluation of working capital, stages of circulation and sources of covering acquisition. 3 degrees of liquidity. Results of business activities of an enterprise. Organization of settlements. Profit distribution, use, formation of reserves, provisions of an enterprise.

PurposeTo teach the nature of management accounting, as well as analysis of business activities to students.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, students are to know and to be able:1. To correctly arrange and classify incomes and expenses of an enterprise.2. Peculiarities of formation of fixed capital of various forms of business activities.3. Elements of finance management.4. To distribute profit.5. To fill up basic forms of the report of an enterprise.

Page 148: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Module contentIncomes of an enterprise. Expenses of an enterprise. The profit-and-loss account of an enterprise. The annual report of an enterprise. Analysis of business activities of an enterprise. Organization of settlements. Profit distribution of an enterprise. Financial system, its purposes.

Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures and a course paper.During lectures students are told about accounting conditions, classification of incomes and expenses of an enterprise, about elements of business activities.In the course paper students are to fill up all basic documents, make the balance sheet of business activities of an enterprise according to the initial balance sheet of an enterprise and description of business transactions performed during the taxation year.

Page 149: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

AssessmentThe method of control of the course: an examination and a course paper.Total assessment:

Evaluation of the course paper - 50%positive knowledge in the examination - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

LR likums ,,Par grâmatvedìbu’’. LR AP un Valdìbas Ziðotâjs. - 1992.- Nr. 44/45. (Ar sekojoøâm izmaiðâm)

LR likums ,,Par uzðèmumu gada pârskatiem’’. LR AP un Valdìbas Ziðotâjs.- 1992. - Nr. 44/45. (Ar sekojoøâm izmaiðâm)

Benze J. Grâmatvedìbas kontu korespodence. - Rìga: Mâc. Metod. Centrs Grâmatvedis SIA, 1994. - 122 lpp.

Grebenko M. Grâmatvedìbas uzskaite. - Rìga, 1997.Zaiceva J. Grâmatvedìbas organizèøanas un kârtoøanas noteikumi un prakse Latvijâ.

- Rìga: SIA ,,Mamuts’’: SIA ,,Grosbuhs’’, 1997. - 287 lpp.V.Vasiîjeva ,,Grâmatvedìba’’ Lekciju konspekts, RTU, Rìga, 1997.- 66 lpp.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: C

onsumer BehaviourModule Code: 2ECO352\452\552Leader: Ludmila Selivanova, Docent, dr. oec.Lecturer Ludmila Selivanova, Docent, dr. oec.Module Level: 3\4\5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Marketing. Market research and projection.Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course includes theory that helps to understand how consumers’ decisions are formed in the market, what internal and external factors determine action of individuals, the course explains why, what goods (services) and how he is ready to choose and buy.The course gives a survey of accounting issues arising in establishing marketing strategy of a company, the influence of consumer behaviour and its changes depending on the type of products, promotion strategy, the price, distribution channels.

Purposes of studiesTo acquaint students with the model of consumer behaviour in the market, its structure

and factors influencing it.

Page 150: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

To give knowledge of methods of environment analysis and its influence on consumer behaviour to students.

To give an idea of analysis of the process of purchase decision-making and psychological, behaviour, environment and marketing factors influencing the same.

To teach methods of analysis of consumer behaviour.

Learning outcomesUpon completing this module, students:Are to understand the mutual influence of changes in consumer behaviour and marketing

strategy on each other.Are to have an idea of the influence of environment (social, physical, marketing)

on consumer behaviour when making decisions on goods purchase.Are to be able to make research in order to study the fact of consumer behaviour

marketing in cases of changes.Are to have theoretical knowledge and practical skills in order to develop and

summarize data on consumer behaviour in the market as a response to measures of marketing strategy of a company.

Module contentMutual relation of marketing strategy and consumer behaviour in the market. The process of cognition and marketing strategy. The model of consumer behaviour, its components and marketing strategy. The influence of environment on consumer behaviour.Formation of marketing strategy: analysis “consumer - product”, “consumer - promotion”, “consumer - distribution channels”, the influence of products strategy, the influence of promotion strategy, price formation strategy, strategy of distribution channels on consumer behaviour.

Teaching methods and meansTheoretical material of the module is mastered in lectures and seminars. In practical classes business games, analysis of situations is organized.

AssessmentTestpractical work (business game) - 10%positive knowledge in practical classes - 20%a positive result in the test - 70%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BeŸ›ikovs J., Praude V., Mrketings. - R.: Zvaigzne, ABC, 1994. - 302 lpp.Evans M., J. Applied consumer behairor. - Harlow: Addison-Wesley, 1996.Kotler P., Armstrong C. Principles of Marketing. -NewJersy: Prentice Hall, 1994.Proctor T. Essentials of marketing research. - London: Finantial Times Pitman publishing, 1997. - 360p.

Page 151: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative Work

Module Title: Personnel Management

Module Code: 1ECO440Leader: I. Kirtovskis, Prof, IZM correspond.Lecturer: I. Kirtovskis, Prof, IZM correspond.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: 1 termNumber of hours per week: 3 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SynopsisThe module forms an idea of basic systems of personnel management. The

modules acquaints students with principles of recruitment planning, conditions of the collective development, principles of vocational orientation and employees adaptation. The module teaches to organize personnel qualification improvement and assurance of employees career.

Purposes1. To prepare the student for work as a personnel manager.2. To train in methods of nominees selection for vacancies.3. To acquaint students with social process, methods of collective

management.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of this module, the student is to be able to:

1. To perform responsibilities of a personnel manager.2. To recruit, train, dismiss employees.3. To evaluate the employee’s work and to establish an effective system of

work encouragement.4. To successfully settle conflict situations in the collective.5. To competently apply the labour law in personnel work.

Module ContentThe science of personnel management. Methods and models of forecasting in

personnel management. Methods of personnel supervision. Employees selection. Career management. Personnel training management. Personnel motivation management. Evaluation of the work contribution. Management of relations between the administration and the employee. The manager’s authority. Personnel management models. Manpower market. Legal principles of collective management.

Teaching Methods

Page 152: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

In lectures students get acquainted with principles of the module. Study recommended literature, write their reports independently. Read them out in seminars and participate in discussions.

AssessmentThe total assessment:a) attending seminars, speaking up in them 20%b) a report 30%c) a final examination 70%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Lîdumnieks A. Vadîðana. – Ogre: VAS, 1994. – 162 lpp.Torringston D., Hall L. Personnel Management. New Approach.

Second Edition. -Prentice Hall, 1991.Dale S. Beach. Personal the Management of people at Work, 5th

Edition, Macmillan Publishing Company, 1985.Óïðàâëåíèå ïåðñîíàëîì îðãàíèçàöèè. Ó÷åáíèê. -Ì., ÈÍÔÐÀ – Ì, 1997.

–509 c.Îäåãîâ Í.Ã., Æóðàâëåâ Ï.Â.. Óïðàâëåíèå ïåðñîíàëîì. -Ì.,

Ôèíñòàòèíôîðì, 1997. – 878 c.Òðàâèí Â.Â., Äÿòëîâ Â.À.. Îñíîâû êàäðîâîãî ìåíåäæìåíòà.-Ì.,

Äåëî,1995.–336 c.Êîäåêñ çàêîíîâ î òðóäå Ëàòâèè. -Ðèãà, AFS, 1996. – 62 lpp.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: P

rinciples of PolitologyModule Code: 3ECO165Leader: Gunars Ozolzile, Docent, dr. soc.Lecturer Gunars Ozolzile, Docent, dr. soc.Module Level: 1Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 3 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

Synopsis

Page 153: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The course gives a survey of laws of philosophy, functioning of institutes and structures of social political system, as well as some aspects of international relations. Many issues are considered in the context of establishing the democratic state of Latvia.

Purposesto acquaint students with laws and most significant problems of implementation of

political power;to help students better understand processes taking place in society.

Learning outcomesUpon completing this module, students:are to be competent in basic issues of political philosophy, political theory and

international relations;Are to understand the set-up and laws of functioning of political system;Are to be able to competently analyze political processes occurring in the company.

Module contentThe subject of politology. Power and the problem of legitimacy of power. Basic problems of political philosophy. Set-up and laws of functioning of political system. Systems of democratic rule. Politics and ideology. Political parties and groups of interests. Election systems and theories explaining electoral behaviour. Power and political culture. Democratic political regimes. Non-democratic political regimes. The nature and basic problems of international relations. Theories and practice of international theories. The European Union: laws and problems of development.

Teaching methodsDuring lectures theoretical issues of the course are set forth for students. Each lecture starts with active check-up of students’ knowledge of the previous material. Teaching includes weekly seminars with elements of discussion. Writing of reports.

Assessment1. Examination as a form of control. Criteria:a) participation in seminars, speaking up in them 20%b) writing and evaluation of a written work (report) 30%c) final examination 50%

Total: 100%BIBLIOGRAPHY

rente H. Totalitrisma skotne. 13. nod. Ideolo‡ija un terors: jauna varas forma//Kentaurs XXI. 1992. Nr. 1.109.-120.lpp.

Cºrps U. Politisks partijas demokrtisk sistºm: Zviedrijas pieredze. R., 1993.Ievads politik. Mc¿bu l¿dzeklis. – R.: Zvaigzne ABC, 1998. – 392 lpp.¯si par Eiropas Savien¿bu. R., 1995.Mžsdienu politisk filozofija. Hrestomtija. – R.: Zvaigzne ABC, 1998. – 462 lpp.Raiko R. Klasiskais liberlisms XX gadsimt. R., 1991.Dahl R. Modern Political Analysis. Englewood Cliffs, 1964.Lipset S. Political Man: The social Bases of Politics. New York: Anchor Books, 1963.Macridis R. Contemporary Political Ideologies. Boston, 1986.

Page 154: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Politikwissenschaft: Eine Einfurung. Pageborn u.a., 1994.Ìàéãåéì Ä.Ð., Ðè÷ Ð.Ê. Ïîëèòîëîãèÿ. Ìåòîäû èññëåäîâàíèÿ: Ïåð. ñ àíãë. – Ì.: Èçä-âî “Âåñü

ìèð”, 1997. – 544 ñ.Ïîëèòîëîãèÿ: Ó÷åáí. Ïîñîáèå äëÿ ñòóä. Âóçîâ. – Ìèíñê: ÍÒÎÎÎ “Òåòðà Ñèñòåìà”, 1997. –

384 ñ.Caíècòeáaí Ë. C. Ocíoâû ïoëèòè÷ecêoé íayêè. M., 1992.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: C

OMMODITY STUDYModule Code: 1ECO443Leader: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr.oec.Lecturer: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr.oec.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 3 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe module sets forth material on goods as an object of commercial activities, on the range of goods, their classification and quality.Considerable attention is paid to issues of competition and means of information on goods. Expert examination of consumer properties of goods is described.

Purposes1. To expose laws determining the usage value of goods, the quality and range of

goods in the process: manufacturing-usage-sale.2. To understand methods of stating usage properties of goods.3. To understand classification of manufactured goods, principles of goods

encoding, marking and standardization.4. To understand classification of food products, principles of goods encoding,

marking and standardization.5. To be aware of problems of environment, packaging trends in Latvia and in the

world.

Learning OutcomesUpon hearing the course, one is to know principles of goods classification, to be competent in line encoding system, ISO standards, marking signs, quality,

Page 155: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

standardization and packaging terminology, to know principles of warehouse goods storage, methods of goods delivery.Upon completion of the module, one is to be able: to collect information on goods manufacturers, quality indications, to calculate the level of goods quality and goods rating according to the total of their quality indications, to be competent in handbooks, catalogues, advertising booklets, transport documents and acceptance documentation.Upon completion of the subject, one is to know principles of classification, consumer properties, production principles, general requirements for quality, quality control and goods storage of five-seven groups of goods.

Module ContentContent and targets of the course. Classification of goods. Line encoding system. Goods quality. Standardization of goods and ISO standards. Verification and evaluation of goods quality. Marking of goods. Goods packaging, storage and carriage. Protection of consumer rights. Plastic commodity study. Study of textile goods, sewn goods, knitted goods. Study of school goods and stationery, children toys. Household radio electronic facilities. Perfumery and cosmetic goods. Study of food products (milk, dairy products, bread, pastry, alcoholic and soft drinks, vegetables, fruits, juices)*.---------------

*One group of products may be replaced with another depending on students’ interests.

Teaching MethodsLectures, practical classes, presentation of results of research of one group of goods made by students.

AssessmentThe total assessment of the course is formed as follows:

- attending practical classes and active work there - 20%- making home assignments and presentations of results - 30%- a written examination - 50%

Bibliography

Briede M. Neprtikas pre›u pre›zin¿ba. - R.: LU, 1993.-106lpp.Коммерческое товароведение и экспертиза: Учеб. пособие для вузов. Под ред.

Г.А.Васильева и Н.А.Нагапетьянца. -М.: ЮНИТИ, 1997.-135с.

Highest educational establishment STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Presentation SkillsModule Code: 2ECO357\457\557

Page 156: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Leader: Aleksandrs KerreLecturer: Aleksandrs KerreModule Level: 3\4\5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Communication in business. MarketingCo-requisites: None

Module descriptionThe course includes basics of professional ethics, observance and fulfilment of basic requirements of diplomatic protocol, organization of business negotiations, in keeping with legal and ethical standards and conditions accepted in international practice. The course explains the nature of moral categories and history of ethics. During the course students get acquainted with other elements of protocol: invitation, visit cards, presents and souvenirs, organization of presentations and receptions.Purposes1. To get acquainted with legal principles in organization of business negotiations

with foreign partners.2. Observance of protocol aspects in all types of negotiations, correspondence,

telephone talks and in other cases.3. Search for business partners.4. Basic principles of modern ethics.5. Organization of presentations and different types of receptions.Learning outcomesUpon completing the module, students are to be able and to master:conventional standards, ethical behaviour accepted in international practiceprotocol requirements (skills of business negotiations)correspondence methodsbasic terminology and usage of objects required in presentations.Module contentPrinciples of ethics. Invitation of foreign representatives, Protocol, reception, observance of visa routines. Basics of diplomatic protocol. Business contacts (correspondence, business negotiations, maintaining business contacts). National peculiarities and traditions abroad. Organization of presentations.Methods and means of teachingTheoretical material of the module is mastered in lectures and seminars. In practical classes business games, analysis of situations are organized.AssessmentA test:

practical work (business game) 10%positive knowledge in seminars - 20%positive knowledge in talks - 70%.

BIBLIOGRAPHYÕîëîïîâà Ò. È., Ëåáåäåâà Ì. Ì. Ïðîòîêîë è ýòèêåò äëÿ äåëîâûõ ëþäåé. - Ì.: ÈÍÔÐÀ-Ì, 1995.Ëåáåäåâà Ì. Ì. Óìåòü âåñòè ïåðåãîâîðû: ïðàêòè÷åñêèå ðåêîìåíäàöèè ïî ïîäãîòîâêå è

âåäåíèþ ïåðåãîâîðîâ”. - Ì.: ÀÍÊÈË, 1991.Èâàíîâ Ì. Ì. Êàê äîáèòüñÿ óñïåõà. Ïðàêòè÷åñêèå ñîâåòû äåëîâûì ëþäÿì. Ïîä ðåä.

Òðóöêîãî Â. Å. - Ì.: Ïîëèòè÷åñêàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà, 1995.

Page 157: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Organization of Production and ServicesModule Code: 1ECO317Leader: Galina Kozaka, dr. sc. ing.Lecturer: Galina Kozaka, dr. sc. ing.Module Level: 3Credit Value: 3

CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE

Co-requisites: none

SynopsisThe module “Organization of Production and Services” includes issues of organization types and rational forms of production and enterprise structures, work organization and standardization, planning of business activities on the basis of engineering progress and growing effectiveness.

Purposes1. To help students acquire knowledge on factors determining peculiarities of

structures, production organization type of an enterprise.2. To teach principles of production and work organization; rate-setting methods;

systems of work payment organization to students .3. To acquire practical skills in calculation of indications characterizing production

of enterprises.4. To teach students to state the place of an employee in the system “man-machine”.

Learning outcomesUpon completing this module, students are to know:1. Forms of production organization.2. Basic principles of production organization.3. The nature of production process organization.4. Lines of work organization, rate-setting methods and principles of work payment.5. To independently make calculation of economic indications.

Module contentThe concept: industry, enterprise, production. Structure of an enterprise. Organization types, their peculiarities. Production process, its components. Classification of production operations. Basic principles of production organization. Planning of production process in terms of time. Stating the volume of unfinished production. Norms of equipment capacity

Page 158: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

and calculation of output norms of employees. Stating power supply and transport assurance. Calculation of costs and prices.

Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures and practical classes with solution of tasks.

AssessmentThe examination (written), where one is to answer one theoretical question and to solve one task.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Rurne M. Raœošanas organizcija. - R¿ga: “Tur¿bas mc¿bu centrs”, 1996. -198 c.Êóðñ ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñòâà: Ó÷åáíèê äëÿ ÂÓÇîâ/Â. Ãîðôèíêåëü, Â.Øâàíäàð, Å. Êóïðèÿíîâ

è äð.; Ïîä ðåä. ïðîô. Ãîðôèíêåëÿ, Â.Øâàíäàðà. Ì.: Ôèíàíñû, ÞÍÈÒÈ, 1997. -439 c.Õîñêèíã À. Êóðñ ïðåäïðèíèìàòåëüñòâà: Ïðàêòè÷åñêîå ïîñîáèå; ïåð. ñ àíãë. -Ì.,

Ìåæäóíàðîäíûå îòíîøåíèÿ, 1993. -

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: P

rinciples of AdvertisingModule Code: 1ECO436Leader: Ludmila Selivanova, dr. oec.Lecturer Ludmila Selivanova, dr. oec.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Marketing. Consumer behaviour.Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course includes survey and analysis of theoretical and practical aspects of advertising. Special attention is paid to information promotion campaign, issues of its organization and effectiveness in circumstances of modern market economy.PurposesTo explain the nature of advertising and its place in circumstances of market economy to

students.To outline principles of effective advertising in market economy.To study documents regulating advertising activities.Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students are to be able:

Page 159: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

To explain the nature, purposes, tasks of advertising activities.To propose versions of advertising strategy for a specific market situation.

To evaluate effectiveness of advertising.Module contentIntroduction into advertising. The nature, content and types of advertising. The meaning of advertising in circumstances of market economy. Advertising and goods. Means of advertising, their types. The process of advertising formation. Evaluation of effectiveness of a promotion campaign. Services of advertising agencies. Legal regulation of the process of advertising.Teaching methodsLectures, practical classes. In practical classes specific situations in advertising are analyzed. Students write reports and defend them in the class.AssessmentAt the end of the course students pass a test.Active participation in practical classes - 30%Report - 30%Final examination - 40%

BIBLIOGRAPHYArnold D. The Handbook of Brand Management. – Pitman Publishing London

1993.Cýíäèäæ ×. è äp. Peêëaìa. Teopèÿ è ïpaêòèêa. M., 1989.

Haéìyøeí A.Ä. Ocíoâû opãaíèçaöèè peêëaìû. M., 1997.Còapoáèícêèé Ý.E. Caìoy÷èòeëü ïo peêëaìe. M., 1996.Ïepeïeëèöa B. Kaê cäeëaòü peêëaìy ýôôeêòèâíoé èëè còoëü èçâecòíoé. M., 1997.Ýòêèí Ý.Ë. Peêëaìíoe äeëo. Ó÷eáíèê. M., 1997.Áýppè Ý. Kapüepa â peêëaìíoì aãeícòâe. M., 1997.Áopècoâ Á.Ë. Peêëaìa è ïaáëèê pèëeéøèíç aëõèìèÿ âëacòè. Pèãa, 1997.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title Introduction into SociologyModule Code 3ECO252Leader Isidor KoganLecturer Isidor KoganModule Level 3Credit Value 2 CPModule length one termNumber of hours per week 2 hr.Pre-requisites noneCo-requisites none

SynopsisIn this module students are offered a survey of basic concepts of sociology. Mastering the module is based on social topics that reflect topical needs of modernizing society.

Page 160: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Besides, in mastering this module students are envisaged to get acquainted with the method of sociological analysis of various phenomena and processes. As introduction into sociology is considered as introduction into a social humanitarian subject that forms potential of social culture, students prepare special course papers, reports under the lecturer’s guidance. Work on the chosen subject allows students to master teaching material more deeply and to show their independence, erudition and creative approach.

Purposes1. To form social thinking of a student, skills to prove, find out and form social

problems.2. Understanding of sociological technologies in various spheres of public life by

students.3. Knowledge of social concepts and categories related to specialization chosen by

students.4. Getting acquainted with works of sociologists of Europe, America and Latvia.

Learning Outcomes

Upon completion of the module, students must be able:1. To demonstrate modern knowledge and understanding of basic theories of modern

sociology.2. To master a few subjects of the course independently.3. To put forward analytical arguments and conclusions in a specific subject

mastered.4. To effectively use bibliographical sources, to be competent in works of classics of

sociology, as well as special journals.5. To put forward creative propositions, to offer them in oral discussion, as well as

in writing.

Module ContentSociology as a science. The subject and method of sociology. Basic categories and concepts of sociology. Set-up of society: social institutes and organizations. Society as a social cultural system. Social behaviour. Social (mass) nature. Management sociology.Man and politics: sociological analysis of political processes. Methods of social research.

Teaching MethodsThe module is meant for independent development of learning skills within the syllabus stated. During the term students participate in seminar classes rendering basics of sociological theory on a regular basis. Practical classes give skills of independent thinking to students too. Both seminar classes, and fulfilment of practical works proceed under the lecturer’s supervision and guidance. Students choose subjects of reports independently to be defended publicly in their groups.

Assessment

Page 161: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

A report may be in any subject of sociological theory and methods, provided the lecturer of the module recognizes the same as appropriate. This may also be fulfilled as a result of research of a students’ group.The report evaluates achievements of specific training parameters:the report 30%the test 60%seminar classes (positive knowledge) 10%.

Total: 100%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Cilvºks un dz¿ve sociolo‡ijas skat¿jum. LU Sociolo‡ijas karta. Zin. red. B. Zepa, A. Zobena. R., 1996.

Sabiedr¿bas prmai¥as Latvij. Filozofijas un sociolo‡ijas institžts: Baltijas studiju centrs. Zin. red. A. Tabžns. R.: “Jumava”, 1998.

E. Mžrnieks. Visprºj sociolo‡ija: lekciju konspekts: 1; 2 daŸas. R.: RTU.Õàð÷îâà Â. Îñíîâû ñîöèîëîãèè. Ì.: “Ëîãîñ” 1997.

Êðàâ÷åíêî À.È. Ñîöèîëîãèÿ. Åêàòåðèíáóðã: Äåëîâàÿ êíèãà, 1998.Êðàâ÷åíêî À.È. Ñîöèîëîãèÿ: ñëîâàðü. Ì.: “Àcfdemia”, 1997.Ñìåëçåð Í. Ñîöèîëîãèÿ. Ì.: Ôåíèêñ.

Ñìåëçåð Í. Ñîâðåìåííàÿ àìåðèêàíñêàÿ ñîöèîëîãèÿ. Ì.: Èçä-âî ÌÃÓ, 1994.Ïðèãîæèí À.À. Ñîöèîëîãèÿ îðãàíèçàöèé. Ì.: 1990.Âåáåð Ì. Èçáðàííîå. Ì.: Þðèñò, 1994.Ñîâðåìåííàÿ çàïàäíàÿ ñîöèîëîãèÿ: Ñëîâàðü. Ì.: Ïîëèòèçäàò, 1990.Giddens A. Sociology. Oxford University Press, 1989.Smelser N.J. Sociology, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1988.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Social Security and InsuranceModule Code: 1ECO435Leader: Nadezhda Novozhilova, Docent, dr. sc. ing.Lecturer: Irina Voronova, Docent, dr. oec.Module Level: 4Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: 1Number of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

Page 162: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Description of the moduleThe module deals with principles of risks and insurance management as a system of methods for risk restriction and minimalization and of practical measures in economic relations. Basic concepts and meanings of social insurance are described in detail. Life and other types of insurance, principles of organization of insurance, principles of premium calculation are described in the module. A survey of insurance market and trends of its development is given.

Teaching purposes1. To give knowledge of forms and methods of risk analysis and assessment in the

system of economic relations to students .2. To acquaint students with terminology used in insurance.3. To give a simple and short description of mathematical basic methods required for

statement of premiums, reserves and pension schedules of various insurance types.

4. To give principles and methods of social insurance at an enterprise.5. To give an idea of insurance of property, termination of business activities,

vehicles and civil responsibility.6. To acquaint with basic principles of accounting and marketing in insurance.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, students are to be able:1. To use special insurance terminology for competent implementation of the

strategy of risk reduction established in business.2. To be able to identify risks and to have an idea of risk management at an

enterprise and in insurance companies.3. To make calculations required to develop and implement social policy at an

enterprise.4. To analyze financial information of an insurance company, to compare and

choose insurance conditions.5. To understand and to be competent in insurance law.

Module contentThe nature and analysis of risks. Functions and social meaning of insurance. Principles of insurance law. The meaning and basic concepts of social insurance. Topical calculations in insurance practice. Property insurance. Insurance of responsibility. Topical calculations in property insurance. Re-insurance and joint insurance. Organization of insurance activities. Principles of accounting and finance of insurance companies.

Teaching methods and meansTeaching proceeds by uniting lectures (1 hour per week) and practical classes (1 hour per week) where specific situations and specific practical examples are considered to confirm theoretical conclusions. Students make home assignments for the purpose of acquiring skills in development of strategies for risks reduction, including that on the basis of insurance.

Page 163: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

AssessmentThe total assessment of the module is implemented as follows:Three tests in selected material of the module are given - 30%Fulfilment of home assignments with presentation of results in the class - 50%The final written test - 20%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Apdrošinšana: pamatprincipi un prakse. —R.: 1995. -390 lpp.Ñòðàõîâàíèå: ïðèíöèïû è ïðàêòèêà / ñîñòàâèòåëü Ä. Áëàíä: Ïåð. ñ àíãë. -Ì.: Ôèíàíñû è

ñòàòèñòèêà, 1998. -416 ñ.Ñòðàõîâîå äåëî / Ïîä ðåä. Ë.È. Ðåéòìàíà. -Ì.

Ôàëèí Ã.È. Ôàëèí À.È. Ââåäåíèå â àêòóàðíóþ ìàòåìàòèêó. - Ì.: Èçäàòåëüñòâî ÌÃÓ, 1994 -220 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkName of the modulus International EconomicsCode of the modulus 1ECO315

Leader Alexander Fedotov, prof.

Lecturer Alexander Kerre, lecturer,

L.Selivanova, dr. oec

Level of the modulus 3

Credit value 3 CP

Period of the modulus 1 semester

Number of hours weekly 4 h.

Initial demands none

Additional demands none

Description of modulusThe course of studies sets out the main theoretical concepts, gives a skill in analysis and estimation of foreign economic policy. There are generalized principles of basic activities of institutions of the European Union (Community) and legal relations in mutual measures, commerce, economic policy. The functions of the International Chamber of Commerce in the legal settlement of these matters. The course discusses the problems of organization of international trade, transactions between business partners with banks mediation, payment assets, currency forms. The practical part of the course consists of seminars, where are discussed the schemes of organization of international commercial operations with use of different payment assets between banks and clients.

Goals of studiesto acquire the basic concepts and principles of international business; to acquire the specific character of

international business and its difference from the national business;to form an understanding of the influence of social political system on the international business;

Page 164: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

to acquire the theory of international commerce;to give knowledge of formation of the international economic relations, its realization with help of

international organizations, incl. the participation of the European Union and other European Community countries;

to introduce in activities of the International Chamber of Commerce by legal regulation (settlement) of commercial relations;

to practice in the international commercial transactions;to acquire knowledge of basic bank settlement operations.

Page 165: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Results of studies

The student must know and be able after the hearing of the course:To analyze the social and political systems of the countries and their influence on the international

business.To explain the basic theories of international commerce and to know organizations influencing thereon.To comment the tasks of basic economic sources of the European Union.Policy of the European community in the field of business.To show practical knowledge of the economic structure of European countries.The mechanism of practical use of international settlements in foreign trade with mediation of banks.

Contents of the modulus

Forms of international business. The modern structure of world commerce. Legal, political and economical environment of business. Human and cultural

environment. Theories of international commerce. State influence on the commerce. Direct investments. Foreign currency. Determination of currency resources.

Financial markets for international transactions. Regional economic integration. Influence of multi-national companies. Diplomacy in the international business.

Strategy and policy of corporations. Strategical alliances. Selection and estimation of countries. Management functions, management on transactions. Marketing. Tax

and accounting functions. Financial function of multi-national corporations. History of formation of the European Union, its structure and general institutions.

Development of free economic areas. Industrial structural units and statistics of the European Community. International Chamber of Commerce (tasks and

accounting). Unified European market, policy of harmonization and competition, problems of unified agricultural policy between the member countries.

Introduction of unified European currency (Euro). and further development of the Currency Association. Forms of currency. Formation of currency areas. Influence of the European Union on the development of international commerce and capital inflow in certain branches. Formation of customs policy and agreement on tariff policy (GATT).International settlements, practical use and scheme of function.

Teaching methods

The learning of new course takes place in two stages: the theoretical material in the lectures and seminars and practical training, analysis of presented schemes and tables on the screen (with help of a cadascope) in form of a “business game”.

Estimation

The knowledge shall be estimated during the examination according to the 10-points system. Tests – in form of interview. By estimation of knowledge the activity at seminars and practical training shall be taken in account, as well as quality of execution of a written work.Summary estimation:practical work (during the business game) - 20%positive knowledge at the seminar - 15%positive knowledge at the examination - 65%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Page 166: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Libermanis I. “Nauda , inflcija , valžtas kurss” izd. Ekonomists , 1994.“Monetrais apskats . Monetary review” Latvijas Banka , 1994 - 1997.

Highest educational establishment STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: I

nternational Trade LawModule Code: 1ECO316Leader: Aleksejs Kuznecovs, docentLecturer: Aleksejs Kuznecovs, docentModule Level: 3Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

SynopsisThe course covers the concept and nature of international trade law, criteria of limitation. The course expresses basic concepts and categories of the law, as well as modern scientific view of legal phenomena. Main attention is paid to conclusion of international contracts, difficulties that may arise in transportation of goods across foreign frontiers.

Purposes1. To teach to be competent in all issues related to legal regulation of trade, to

prepare the conceptual basis for solution of problems.2. Forming understanding of the nature3. To explain complex interaction of transport, financial and trade laws in view of

practical risks.4. To raise legal culture and to consolidate legal conviction. To consolidate

connection with legal practice.

Learning outcomes1. To evaluate benefits of different marketing methods of conclusion of international

trade contracts, with risk characteristic of specific states being envisaged.2. To state conditions of a trade contract for further use in conclusion of

international trade contracts.3. To evaluate methods of international financial transactions.4. To evaluate benefits of international arbitration in court procedures.5. To understand the importance of international conventions, to be able to bend

them.

Page 167: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Module contentIntroduction into legislation: sources legislation, courts, contracts and agreements. Marketing methods and conclusion of an agreement in international trade, export contracts, special conditions in foreign trade, standardization, implementation of contracts. Conflicts with the law. Application of legislation in conclusion of agreements, legal conditions, conventions of the European Economic Community. Unification of the international trade agreement.The Vienna Convention. The Unified Commercial Code. International trade finance, bills of exchange, collection, guarantees, factor transactions. State trade immunity and risk: international arbitration.

Methods and means of teachingTeaching in weekly lectures and seminars with elements of discussion. Students make two written works in standard acts regulating legal trade relations, making analysis of specific situations and offering solution of problems, according to their gifts and interests.

AssessmentA test:

active work in seminars - 20%making one (two) written works - 30%handing in a final test - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Tiplady Introduction to the Law of International Trade. 1989 BSP.Schmitthoff. The Law and Practice of International Trade 9th edition, Itevens.Morris. The Conflict of Laws. Sweet & Maxwell.Bradgate & Savage. Commercial Law, 1991. Butter morths.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: I

nternational Market StudyModule Code: 2ECO350/450/550Leader: Ludmila Selivanova, dr. oec.Lecturer Ludmila Selivanova, dr. oec.Module Level: 3\4\5Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Marketing. International Economy. International

Trade Law.

Page 168: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course gives a survey of competitiveness of enterprises in international market in view of political, financial, economic and cultural environment, peculiarities of organization of international trade.

PurposesTo give an idea of legal environment of one’s state and of the state of one’s business

activities.To acquaint with methods of analysis of markets of attractive foreign states.To describe international cultural environment of states of Europe, Asia, Latin America

and Arab states.To acquaint with methods of decision-making and the program of action for

conquering of new markets.To master methods and control of organization of the international marketing program.

To give an idea of strategy and tactics of price policy in new international markets.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students:

Are to know principles of evaluation of attractive foreign markets, to master practical skills of evaluation.

Are to have an idea of cultural environment of different states and its influence on the strategy of mastering the market of the given region.

Are to know peculiarities of price strategy and tactics of international markets.Are to have an idea of organization of international marketing programs and control of their implementation.

Module contentThe concept of international marketing: the nature, internal and external environment. The meaning and relations of international trade. Analysis of national competitiveness. International political and legal environment: of one’s own state and of the state of one’s business activities. International cultural environment (in states of Europe, Asia, Latin America and Arab states). Making decisions in involvement in international activities. Multinational price strategies. International commodity distribution channels. organization and control of international marketing.

Methods and means of teachingTeaching in weekly lectures and seminars with elements of discussion.

AssessmentA test:

active work in seminars - 10%active work in practice - 20%handing in a final test - 70%

Page 169: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

BIBLIOGRAPHYCzinkota M.R., Rankainen J.A. International Marketing. - The Druden Press, 1990.Jain S.C. International Marketing Management. - Kent Publishing Company, USA,

1987.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: P

rinciples of LawModule Code: 3ECO166Leader: Larisa Yushina, dr. jur.Lecturer R. Voronkova, Larisa Yushina, dr. jur.Module Level: 1Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe module acquaints students with the system of law, its basic branches and legislation related to business activities and economy. Within the course students will learn to be competent in laws and standard acts which will facilitate their further work in different sphere of economics.PurposeTo establish and to develop legal thinking of students.To explain basic regulations of specific branches of law to students.To master legal terms.

To teach to be competent in laws and standard acts.Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students are to be able:To show their understanding and knowledge of basic issues and regulations of the system

of law.To use legal terms.To be competent in laws and standard acts related to economy.

Module contentThe state and law. Order of the Republic of Latvia. Satversme (Constitution). Legal norms and their implementation. The system of law. Criminal law and principles of criminal procedures. Principles of criminal law and criminal procedures. Labour law. Financial law. Property law. Business law. Trade law. legal responsibility. Principles of international law.Teaching methodsLectures, seminars and classes. Students write reports in specific subjects of the course.

Page 170: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

AssessmentA test:

active work in seminars - 30%a report - 30%a final examination - 40%

BIBLIOGRAPHYLatvijas Republikas Satversme. R¿ga, 1992. Civillikums. R¿ga, 1996.Latvijas Kriminlprocessa kodekss. R¿ga. 1997.Latvijas Darba likumu kodekss. R¿ga, 1997.Ëàçàðåâ Â. Îñíîâû ïðàâà. Ì., 1996.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: M

arket Research and ProjectionModule Code: 1ECO323Leader: J.-R. Kalninsh, dr.hab. phis.Lecturer: Lyudmila Selivanova, dr. oec.Module Level: 3Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: 1 termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: noneCo-requisites: none

DESCRIPTION OF THE MODULEIn this module students are offered to master methods of research of market

possibilities of companies, of projection and planning.

PURPOSES1. To master models of economic and statistical analysis of companies,

methods of projection and commercial planning.2. To master quantitative methods of projection applied in business.3. To teach to use the computer in simulation of data of projections and

analysis of commercial activities.

LEARNING OUTCOMESUpon completing the module, students are to be able:1. To use economic and statistical models in market research and projection.2. To use quantitative methods in formation of market models.3. To evaluate projection results.

Page 171: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

4. To use computer programs: Stagraphics, Minitab Plus and special programs meant for long-term financing in simulation.

5. To independently make a model for projection and analysis of a specific situation.

MODULE CONTENTProjection. Use of projections in planning. Methods of economic analysis. Methods of sampling research. Stating demand variability in the affect of prices, promotion and incomes on demand. Simulation of market demand and demand for products.Methods of quantitative regression. ARIMA models. Projection according to sociological and economic indications.Evaluation of projection results. Financial projections. Peculiarities of financial incomes. Changes of simulated prices: everyday incomes with non-stationary changes. AR and ARMACH processes. Variability of projected further incomes.Simulation of price trends in long commodity and currency runs.Optional trade models.

TEACHING METHODSLectures and practical classes, individual work with students, work in groups. In practical classes attention is basically paid to models and methods of projection and analysis of a specific market situation.In practical classes in the computer room Statographics, Minitab plus and special programs applied in long-term financing are used. In studying the module, students choose the subject, form and make research of a model, and write a course paper on it.

ASSESSMENTThe course paper:

research, formation of a model, writing the paper - 80%defence in the class - 20%

The Examination:answers (oral) to questions - 50%work with the computer - 50%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Äîóãåðòè Ê. Ââåäåíèå â ýêîíîìåòðèêó . - Ïåð. ñ àíãë . - Ì., ÈÍÔÀ-Ì, 1997 - 402 ñ. Êîòëåð Ô. Ìàðêåòèíã ìåíåäæìåíò . - Ïåð. ñ àíãë . - Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã , Ïèòåð , 1998 - 896

ñ. Áèðìàí Ã., Øìèäò Ñ. Ýêîíîìè÷åñêèé àíàëèç èíâåñòèöèîííûõ ïðîåêòîâ . - Ïåð. ñ àíãë . - Ì.,

Áàíêè è áèðæè , ÞÍÈÒÈ , 1997 - 631 ñ. Ìåíåäæìåíò è ðûíîê : ãåðìàíñêàÿ ìîäåëü . Ó÷. ïîñîáèå / Ïîä ðåä. Ïðîô. Ó. Ðîðà . - Ì., ÁÅÊ ,

1995 - 480ñ. Ýääîóñ Ì., Ñòýíñôèëä Ð. Ìåòîäû ïðèíÿòèÿ ðåøåíèÿ. – Ïåð. ñ àíãë. – Ì.: “Àóäèò”, 1997. –

590 ñ.

Page 172: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Highest educational establishment

STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: E

CONOMICS OF AN ENTERPRISEModule Code: 1ECO548Leader: Natalija Lace, Docent, Dr.oec.Lecturer: N.Lace, I.VoronovaModule Level: 5Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hoursPre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe object of studies of the module is an enterprise as an integral system functioning under conditions of market relations. The object of studies is main peculiarities of an enterprise and its structural elements, functions, resources, economic expenses and results and their measurements. Essential attention is paid to tax registration in an enterprise.

Purposes1. To give a complete idea of an enterprise as the basic subject of business activities,

its purposes, functions, set-up and resources.2. To teach to understand part of economic behaviour of an enterprise in different

periods of time on the basis of general laws and market principles.3. To acquaint with the mechanism of interaction of a commercial enterprise with

the budget, taxes and other payments.4. Mastering skills of solution of assignments of current business activities, search

for new ideas and resources, for business development.

Learning OutcomesUpon completion of this module, students are to:1. Deeply understand and remember basic ideas, principles and laws of an enterprise

functioning irrespective of the type, form and volume of activities.2. Acquire practical skills in putting forward purposes and targets, enterprises

organization and simulation, and for making independent and effective management decisions.

3. Be able to make tax calculations and to be able to perceive amendments in taxation laws.

4. Acquire knowledge and skills in order to evaluate internal production solutions adopted by an enterprise under conditions of market environment.

Module ContentTypes of business structures. Functions of an enterprise. Life cycle of an enterprise: preparation phase, survival, consolidation of the company stand, growth phase. Financial

Page 173: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

ratios of an enterprise and principles of their management. The state and an enterprise: types of interaction. Behaviour of an enterprise in commodity and financial markets. Mutual relations of an enterprise and taxation institutions.

Teaching Methods Teaching is performed through combination of lectures (50% of the total module volume) and practical classes. Acquiring practical skills is encouraged through proposing four situations in classes. Students fulfil practical works by developing behaviour of an enterprise in commodity and/or financial markets, by disclosing such behaviour in financial documentation.

AssessmentTotal assessment:

- Practical work with evaluation of the situation in the class (10% each) - 40%

- development of behaviour of an enterprise in commodity and/or financial markets (on the basis of a specific situation) - 50%

- positive knowledge in a written test (in theform of a test with open or closed questions) - 10%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Zvejnieks A. NodokŸi un nodevas: Mc¿bu grmata. -Ogre, Ogres tipogrfija, 1996.-293 lpp.VasiŸjeva L. Testu un uzdevumu krjums kursam ‘Uz¥ºmºjdarb¿bas ekonomika”.-R.: RTU,

1997.-42 lpp.Берзин И.Э. Экономика фирмы. -М.: Институт международного права и экономики, 1977.-253 с.Ворс И., Ревейдоу П. Экономика фирмы.-М.: Высш.шк., 1994. - 272 с.Розанова Н.М. Фирма в экономической системе. -М.: МГУ, 1998.-285 с.Хоскинг А. Курс предпринимательства.-М.: Междунар. отношения.,1993.-352 с.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: E

conomics of Business ActivitiesModule Code: 1ECO211Leader: Tatyana Andreyeva, Docent, master of econ.Lecturer Irina Voronova, Docent, dr. oec., N. Lace, T.

AndreyevaModule Level: 2Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: Macroeconomics

Page 174: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course deals with the nature of business activities, economic stability of entities of business activities, and an enterprise as the main subject of business activities. The model of set-up and functioning of entities of business activities, supply of an enterprise with fixed assets, working capital, manpower are considered. Function, economic consumption, results and their measurements are mastered.

PurposesTo give an idea of external environment of an enterprise and economic stability of

entities of business activities.To describe the model of set-up and functioning and basic functions of entities of

business activities.To acquaint students with classification, composition and methods of evaluation of

supply of an enterprise with resources.To give understanding of production expenses, products self-cost, taxation, results

of activities of an enterprise.To provide for a possibility for students to master methods of planning and management

of business activities.To give basic knowledge in terminology met in corporate reports and financial

press to students, to develop ability to analyze purposes, tasks and practice of business activities.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students:

Are to have necessary theoretical knowledge to start up business activities.Are to have an idea of types of planning of business activities, strategies and

tactics of an enterprise.Are to have knowledge and skills to evaluate fixed assets and working capital of an

enterprise.Are to know classification and composition of production expenses, to be able to analyze production expenses in making economic analysis of behaviour of an enterprise.Are to be able to interpret final results of activities of an enterprise.Are to be able to substantiate strategy of behaviour of an enterprise in view of

minimalized taxation.Are to have an idea of public forms of production (concentration, specialization), as well

as of management of an enterprise in circumstances of a crisis and bankruptcy.

Module contentThe nature of business activities: the concept, environment, purposes and basic tasks. External environment of an enterprise. Economic stability of entities of business activities.Starting up business activities: choice of forms and scales, choice of location of an enterprise, foundation of enterprises.Basic functions and organization structures of an enterprise. Forms of production organization: production concentration, specialization and co-operation. Resources of an

Page 175: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

enterprise: composition and set-up; fixed assets, working capital, manpower. Fixed assets: methods of evaluation, wear, production capacity, indication of consumption. Working capital: composition and set-up, factors determining the necessity of working capital for an enterprise, methods of rate-setting, indications of consumption. Manpower: indication of effective use, work payment, expenses meant for work payment, social insurance. Economic consumption and results: production expenses, products self-cost, calculation, its types. Influence of expenses on the profit rate. The concept of the corporate balance sheet, assets and liabilities. Results of activities of an enterprise: calculation and analysis, gross and net profit. Financial reports of an enterprise. Basics of business activities planning: analysis of possibilities and risks, targets setting, evaluation, strategy and tactics of positions. Taxation of an enterprise: types of taxes, statement of the taxable base, tax discounts. Sanation and bankruptcy of an enterprise, its management in circumstances of a crisis and bankruptcy.

Teaching methods and meansLectures and practical classes are skilfully co-ordinated in teaching the course. Materials of practical classes include a complex of tasks and situations which allows to master theoretical knowledge and practical skills. Economics of business activities.

AssessmentAt the end of the course students pass a written examination. For the purpose of assurance of control and intermediate control students make two home works and two tests.Performance of 2 home tasks - 20%Intermediate control - performance of 2 test tasks - 20%Final test - 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHYOv›in¥ikova J. Uz¥ºmuma l¿dzekŸi. - R.: RTU, 1996. - 44 lpp.Rurne M. Uz¥ºmºjdarb¿bas pamati. - R.: Tur¿bas mc¿bu centrs, 1997. - 184 lpp.Vad¿bas grmatved¿ba. Izmaksu uzskaite un pašizmaksu kalkulcija. - R.: LR Fin. m-ja,

1995. 1.daŸa - 135 lpp.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: C

orporate Finance ManagementModule Code: 1ECO328*Leader: I. Voronova, Docent, dr. oec.Lecturer I. Voronova, Docent, dr. oec., N. LaceModule Level: 3Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: Principles of finance. Economics of business

activities.Co-requisites: None

Page 176: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

SynopsisThe course deals with a complex of mutually related issues and knowledge on financial transactions and functions of enterprises. Principles of management of financial stability, corporate capital management, management of working capital and its sources, issues of project funding and management are considered.

PurposesTo master basic terms and basic indications used in corporate finance management.To give understanding of the logic of functioning of financial mechanism of enterprises.To master strategy and tactics of finance management.

To get acquainted with methods of management of corporate capital value.To understand and interpret external reports of entities of business activities.

To acquaint with principles of project management, methods of planning and evaluation of project risk.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering the module, a student:

Is to know the nature of the system of financial information.Is to be able to make financial planning.

Is to know the nature of financial ratios of an enterprise and principles of their management.

Is to be able to make commercial calculations required to make business decisions in the sphere of financial issues.Is to be able to evaluate and to make decisions in issues of management of corporate

capital value.Is to be able to use acquired knowledge and skills in project management in making

calculations for statement of their effectiveness.

Module contentCorporate finance management: purposes and tools, sources of resources. Analysis of corporate finance situation: principles of analysis, financial reports. Analysis of corporate finance stability. Prospects of development of an insolvent enterprise. Finance planning: types of plans, matrices of financial strategies, the process of financial planning. Management of corporate capital value: the value of current and long-term debt, the value of personal capital, dividend policy, its management. Management of working capital: reserve management, debtor’s debt management, sources of working capital of finance, their management. Finance management in an enterprise: relations with banks, with the State Revenue Service; settlements (the nature of clearing settlements, cash settlements).Project management: introduction into project management; project structuring, project development, risk management, the nature of project analysis; management of project implementation.

Teaching methodsLectures and practical classes are competently combined in teaching the course. Materials of practical classes include a complex of tasks and situations which allows to acquire practical skills in finance management.

Page 177: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Subjects set forth in lectures are analyzed in practical classes, mastering of the material is tested, written calculations are prepared and financial situations are analyzed.

AssessmentAt the end of the course students pass a written examination consisting of two parts: the first part - short answers to theoretical issues of the course (in the form of a test); the second part - a set of tasks in evaluation of corporate financial activities is solved.In order to assure control - intermediate control - students make two home works and two tests.execution of 2 home works - 20%Intermediate control - execution of 2 test tasks - 20%Final examination in the form of a test - 60%In the process of mastering the course students write a course work; it has standard structure: a synopsis, content. Introduction (10%) analytical survey part (35%), calculations (50%), conclusion, bibliographical list (5%)

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Krogzeme H. Uz¥ºmuma finansºšana. - R.: RTU, 1996. -17 lpp.Krogzeme H. Uz¥ºmºjdarb¿bas finanses un kred¿ts. Finansu sistºmu un uz¥ºmumu

finansu saimniec¿ba: Lekciju konspekts. - R.: RTU, 1996. -59 lpp.Rurne M. Uz¥ºmuma finansu vad¿ba - R.: Tur¿bas mc¿bu centrs, 1997. - 255 lpp.Kellijs Dœ., Tardœets D. Maz biznesa finanses. - R.: VTF izdevniec¿ba, 1994. -112 lpp.Prasanna C. Financial Management. Theory and Practice. Third Edition. - New Delhi:

Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Company Limited, 1993. -936p.Petty J. W., Keown A. J., Scott D. F., Martin J. D. Basic Financial Management. -N.Y.:

Prentice Hall, 1992. -956 p.Ôèíàíñîâûé ìåíåäæìåíò: òåîðèÿ è ïðàêòèêà: Ó÷åáíèê / Ïîä ðåä. Å. Ñ. Ñòîÿíîâîé - Ì.:

Ïåðñïåêòèâà, 1996. -405ñ.Ôèíàíñîâîå óïðàâëåíèå ôèðìîé / Ïîä ðåä. Â.È. Òåðåõèíà - Ì.: Ýêîíîìèêà, 1998. -350ñ.Fjodorova S., Jevinga J. Projektu vad¿ba -R.: RTU, 1998. -58 lpp.

Optional Subjects: 2ECO328\428\528, 2CP, 2 h. per Week.

Highest educational

establishment

STA

Syllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: LOGISTICS OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIESModule Code: 1ECO327*Leader: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr.oec.Lecturer: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr.oec.Module Level: 3Credit Value: 4

CPModule length: one term

Page 178: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Number of hours per week: 5 hours per weekPre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: An obligatory subject in specialization ‘Business

Economics’ and ‘Economics and Management of Services’.

SynopsisThe course gives analysis of the theoretical concept of the logistic system, its issues: strategy and tactics, studies aspects of transport that are to be known in development of the strategy of materials flow; deals with the meaning and types of stock, systems of its control and standardization, issues of choosing the optimum amount of a lot of products. Systems of products position and issues of revision of positioned products, as well as issues of systems of logistic information are covered.

Purpose1. To understand the nature of the logistic system and requirements put set up

thereby.2. To understand problems of business activities as a whole, and to observe how

decision-making in one sphere of the logistic system may affect the entire system as a whole.

3. To become aware of market aspects of the logistic system.4. To have skills (capacity) in management and distribution of material resources.5. To be able to use methods of evaluating management, standardization and logistic

costs, as well as ways of reduction thereof.6. To have an idea of transport and warehouse facilities used in the logistic system.

Learning outcomes1. To know the influence of changes in technologies, regulating policy on processing

of material resources.2. to understand relation between strategy of an enterprise and strategy of material

technical supply.3. To be able to set rates for production and commodity stock, as well as to have

skills of business contacts management.4. To have knowledge and skills in functioning of the internal and external logistic

system for costs analysis.5. To be competent in changes of transport and warehouse facilities to be used in the

logistic system.

Module contentThe model of goods and services production organization: basic components, connections. The place of logistics in the enterprise. The nature of concepts of macro- and micrologistics, mutual relations. Functions of commodity circulation: the function of distribution, the distribution set-up, choice and selection of distribution channels. Examples. The formula and effect of the system for planning of material needs (MPR). Mutual co-operation of an enterprise with markets of production resources. Stating the optimum volume of the delivery lot. Stock control. Pareto analysis (ratio 80\20). Exclusion method (ABC method). Methods of stock standardization. Aspects of

Page 179: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

commercial logistics transportation. Warehouse system, products processing in the warehouse.

Teaching the courseTeaching is performed in the form of lectures (2 hours per week) and practical classes (2 hours per week). In practical classes methods of stock control and standardization, cost evaluation in logic systems are considered. Visiting exhibitions of warehouse and transport facilities, showing video films, slides on cargo processing, placement and carriage nowadays are envisaged. Lectures and practical classes in their mutual action, where knowledge is acquired in analyzing practical examples. Laboratory works are also made in a specialized computer class.

AssessmentTotal assessment of the module is implemented as follows:2 tests on the material of the module mastered - 20%writing a survey in one of subjects of the course with results presentation - 30%visiting exhibitions and writing a survey - 10%a final written examination (in the form of a test) - 40%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Kellijs D. Pirkšana peŸ¥as iegušanai. –R¿ga: SIA VTF, 1994.-138 lpp.Неруш Ю.М. Коммерческая логистика: Учебник для вузов.-М. Банки и биржи,

ЮНИТИ, 1997.-271 с.Семенко А.И. Предпринимательская логистика.-СПб.: Политехника, 1997.-349 с.

____________________________________________________Optional Subjects: 2ECO327\427\527, 2CP, 2 h. per Week.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: PLANNING OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIESModule Code: 1ECO438*Leader: Irina Voronova, Docent, Dr. oec.Lecturer: Irina Voronova, Rasma AlsinaModule Level: 4Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: NoneCo-requisites: None

Page 180: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

SynopsisThe subject deals with the meaning of planning and projection in business activities and basic aspects of methods of planning: principles, methods, types, sequence. The subject acquaints with description, content, conditions of making and filing, substantiation of the idea of a business plan required for successful performance of business activities, methods of making technical and economic calculations.

Purposes1. Forming basic knowledge and skills in the sphere of planning methods.2. Acquiring practical skills in evaluation of results of production and commercial

activities of an enterprise.3. Forming skills of detecting and mitigation of weak sides of activities of an

enterprise.4. To know methods of forming of the program of potential assessment and

production of an enterprise.5. Forming skills in the form of a business plan of ideas, projects.

Learning outcomesUpon completion of this module students:1. Are to have knowledge of planning methods, principles of development of a

business plan.2. Are to know methods of analysis of financial results of activities of an enterprise

and making a planned balance sheet of an enterprise.3. Are to be able to make technical and economic calculations in substantiation of

projects and their making in the form of a business plan.4. To be able to develop investment policy, to form price policy and other

components of economic strategy of an enterprise on the basis of analysis made.5. To be able to re-evaluate accumulated experience in the sphere of management,

planning for the purpose of further improvement of their knowledge under conditions of variable social practice.

Module contentThe meaning of planning under conditions of market economy. Planning and projections. Methods of planning: principles of planning, methods used in planning and their use; types of planning and plans, planning procedures. Strategic and current planning and plans. Development and use of business plans. Description of a business plan. Evaluation of the current situation. The content and filing of a business plan. Substantiation of the concept. Financial calculations.

Teaching methodsTeaching includes 32 hours of lectures and 32 hours of practical classes. Descriptions of situations in subjects of practical classes are issued to students, with practical methods of planning being reviewed on their basis. Practice of current planning is considered on the basis of especially developed situations. Such descriptions of situations developed allow for intensification of students’ work in the classroom and for attention to be paid to development of practical skills. Students develop a business plan.

Page 181: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

AssessmentIn practical classes attention is paid to ability and skills of practical usage of knowledge acquired both in studying the given course, and previous courses.Total assessment:

- making calculations for the plan in practical classes - 15%- development of a business plan - 65%- positive result of fulfilment of the final written test - 20%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Klauss V. K sastd¿t biznesa plnu? - R.: 1994.-31 lpp.Ržpºjieties par savu firmu.-R.:Apvienot Konsultat¿v Padome, Zviedrija; R¿gas�

komercskola, 1994.Vad¿bas grmatved¿ba.-R.:LR Fin.m-ja, 1995.�1.daŸa. Izmaksu uzskaite un pašizmaksas kalkulcija.-135 lpp.�3.daŸa. Lºmumu pie¥emšana, plnošana un kontrole.-96 lpp.�4.daŸa. Jautjumi un atbildes. -105 lpp.�4. Горемыкин В.А., Богомолов А.Ю. Палнирование предпринимательской деятельности предприятия. -М.:ИНФРА-М, 1997.-334 с.Деловое планирование (Методы. Организация. Современная практика): Учеб.пособие /Под ред.

В.М.Попова.- М.: Финансы и статистика, 1997.- 223 lpp.

Optional Subjects: 2ECO338\438\538, 2CP, 2 h. per Week.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Business Management Module Code: 1ECO208Leader: I

rina JevingaLecturer: Irina JevingaModule Level: 2Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 5 hr.Pre-requisites: MikroeconomicsCo-requisites: none

SynopsisThis module deals with the process, ways and methods of management of business activities. Main attention is paid to solution of problems of management under conditions of free market economy.

Purposes

Page 182: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

1. To teach students to understand the nature, process and functions of management.2. To teach students to understand the nature of communications, the nature of the

process of decision-making.3. To teach students to correctly choose methods of management, the structure of

organization.4. To teach students to understand the nature of planning, organization, control and

motivation.

Learning outcomes1. To know history and problems of development of theory of management.2. To teach to correctly choose the type of communications, organization structure,

methods of control.3. To show their knowledge in using methods of decision-making.4. To be able to make different plans, organization structure.5. To teach to use theories of motivation in practice.6. To be able to use different types of power and styles of management, as well as to settle conflict situations. Module contentPrinciples of theory of management. Organization environment. Organization of communication.Organization of decision-making. Purposes and planning of organization. Strategic planning. Tactical and operative planning. Organization process. Motivation. Control. The manager and management. Styles of management. Management in a conflict situation. Ethics, social responsibility and business activities. Modern strategies of management.Teaching methodsTeaching includes weekly lectures and seminars with elements of discussion, tests and business games. Students fulfil a course paper connected with use of methods of management in practice, solution of problems of management.

AssessmentFor the purpose of control assurance - intermediate control - students fulfil home assignment and a test.fulfilment of home assignments 10%intermediate control - fulfilment of test assignments 10%final examination (written and oral) 80%In the process of studying the course students fulfil a course paper of standard structure: a synopsis, content, introduction (10%). The section of analytical survey (50%), section of calculations (35%), conclusion, bibliographical list (5%).

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Praude V., BeŸ›ikovs I. Menedœments. - R.: Vaidelote, 1997. - 416 lpp.Meíeäæìeíò. Ïoä peä. È.Ãep÷èêoâa. - M.: ÞHÈTÈ, 1997. - 486 c.Mecêoí M., Aëüáepò M., Õeãyopè Ô. Ocíoâû ìeíeäæìeíòa. - M.: Äeëo, 1992. - 681 c.

Page 183: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

International marketing and export management / G.Albant, J.Strandskov, E. Duerr. - Agison, Longman, Company, Harlow, 1998. - 560 p.

Griffin W. Management. - Texas: A&M, University, Boston, 1990. - 883 p.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: E

thics of ManagementModule Code: 2ECO359\459\559Leader: Jadviga SamovichaLecturer: Jadviga SamovichaModule Level: 3\4\5Credit Value: 2Module length: one termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Communication in Business, Business

ManagementCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThis module offers major aspects of ethics of management to students. Ethical aspects of successful management are connected with competence, i.e. management and analytical thinking, the ability to evaluate, sociability, the ability to convince and to find arguments, will force, the ability to make decisions, to organize, to plan, to show initiative, interest. All the above business skills are connected with ethics. One of aspects of the manager’s ethics is communication - the ability to talk to a person, to hear and to understand, to settle conflicts. A manager is to be able to choose the right style of management.

Purposes1. Awareness of ethical aspects of management may be considered the purpose of

the course.2. Prospective formation of one’s style of management according to ethical

principles.3. Formation of a free, responsible and honest personality according to priorities of

the concept of human rights of the UN.

Learning outcomesAs a result of mastering the module, students1. Are to know various styles of management, in establishing their own style of

management.2. To be able to establish correct social and psychological relations on the basis of

moral principles.

Page 184: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

3. To be able and to know mechanisms of maintaining their authority.4. To be able to co-ordinate their action with works.5. To be kind and to encourage kind action of colleagues of their actions.6. To be able to establish good relations in the collective.7. To reasonably settle conflict situations.8. To be able to use the mechanism for co-ordination of activities of an organization.9. To know etiquettes of various types.10. To form favourable psychological climate.11. To form oneself as a cultural personality.

Module contentHistorical preconditions of appearance of ethics and morality, their categories. Ethical paradigms of various ages in connection with social and economic circumstances. Corrections of development of science and engineering in the system of ethical values of the 20 century. Ethical concepts of the 20 century. Awareness of ethical aspects of management. Styles of management. The manager’s authority, factors forming it: knowledge, the organizer’s potentialities, the ability to persuade, co-ordination of words with activities, attention, sympathy, interest, the ability to keep one’s promise, honesty, kindness. Formation of relations in the collective. A conflict, its types, causes, model. Settlement of a conflict. Culture of management. Etiquette of mutual relations. Formation of psychological climate. Topical problems of culture of the manager’s activities. The manager’s family.

Teaching methodsIn the process of studies students get acquainted with the content of the course both in the form of lectures, and in independent work, as well as in seminars, when reading out reports, statements, participating in discussions. In seminars students try to establish and open as an ethical personality in search of the model of one’s style of management. The teacher, the student proper and the group participate in evaluation of results of work. The level of knowledge and activity of the group determine methods of work.

AssessmentAssessment depends on the student’s activity in classes, seminars, discussions. The student chooses subjects of the report according to his interests, with approval of the module manager. This may be based on work, sociological research. Results of seminars and practical classes are taken into account.Total assessment - a test1. Independent work, reports, research - 30%2. Positive knowledge shown in seminars, practical classes - 10%Positive knowledge shown in the test - 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

D.Š¢iltere “Vad¿šanas pamati” R., 1994.A.L¿dumnieks “Vad¿šana” R., 1996.A.Ivins “Pareizas domšanas mksla” R., 1990.D.Krnegi “K priecties par dz¿vi un darbu” R., 1991.

Page 185: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: M

anagement Information SystemsModule Code: 1ECO549Leader: Aleksandr KudryavtsevLecturer: Aleksandr NesterovModule Level: 5Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: Knowledge of the syllabi “Principles of Computer

Technologies”, “Business Systems”, “Business Information Collection and Processing”

Co-requisites: Specialized class of personal computers IBM PC

SynopsisThe module acquaints students with possibilities of information systems, data certification by means of computer technologies, with principles of organizations and application of the data base control system (DBCS) and DBCS Microsoft Access, gives a review of principles of programming of Windows applications in the algorithmic language VisualBasic, work in Internet with distributed information systems. Mastering of the module material within the syllabus “Principles of Computer Technologies”.

Purposes1. Formation of the general outlook in the sphere of computerized information

systems, development and application thereof.2. Getting acquainted with business-type programs providing for wide possibilities

in management of economic information.3. Formation of basics of knowledge in the sphere of applications programming for

data base control.4. Getting acquainted with computer network technologies in the example of the

distributed system of global economic information.

Learning outcomesUpon completion of the module, students are:1. To know theoretical principles of the computerized information system, as well as

means of business program for data base formation and control.2. To teach to find out the field of subjects of information object and to form a

logical data model.3. To teach to form data base tables and establish connections among the same.4. To teach to develop and apply input adjustments and forms of data survey.5. To teach to use means of dialogue in data distribution and certification.6. To teach to generate output reporting documents.

Page 186: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

7. To teach to form a macros, to have an idea of module programming and application in the algorithmic language Visual Basic.

8. To have an idea of the distributed system of global information with customer server architecture on WWW basis.

Module contentClassification and architecture of information system. Theoretical principles of relational data base. Interface arrangement in MS ACCESS data base control system. Formation and survey of a data base. Changing the set-up and content of a data base. Search and sorting of data. Automation of data processing assignments. Principles of organization of integrated environment of Visual Basic. Basic concepts of Visual Basic. Development of typical application principles in Visual Basic environment. Technology of dialogue and event applications development in Visual Basic environment. Topology and classification of computer networks. Joint use of resources in a local network. Information resources and organization of the global computer network Internet. WWW browser. The principle of work with a hypertext document. Data search. File exchange. Electronic mail. Prospects of development of computer systems and technologies.

Teaching methodsIn connection with humanitarian profile of education and increasing importance of practical computer skills, all classes are held in the computer room only. This allows for each theoretical situation to be shown to students in a personal computer. Support notes are used in classes. During classes notes are distributed among students in each work station. A student may buy a copy of the notes, this leaves additional time for practical work with a computer. Computer test programs in basic chapters of the module are used to improve “Teacher - Student” connections. Tests allow students to independently control their personal skills at the current moment. Students use multimedia teaching programs in their independent work.

AssessmentTotal assessment:positive knowledge in practical classes 30%positive knowledge in the examination 70%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ndelis J. Microsoft Access ikvienam. - R¿ga: ComputerLand/R¿ga, 1998. - 200 lpp.Viescas J. Running Access 7.0 for Wingows 95. - Microsoft Press, 1996. - 848 p.

Microsoft Access 7.0 for Windows 95. Step by step. Microsoft Press, 1995. - 344 p.

Microsoft Visual Basic 5. Step by step. Microsoft Press, 1997. - 432 p.Áåêàðåâè÷ Þ.Á., Ïóøêèíà Í.Â. ÑÓÁÄ Access äëÿ Windows 95 â ïðèìåðàõ ÑÏá.:

BHV - ÑÏá, 1997 - 400 ñ.

Page 187: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Collection and Processing of

Business InformationModule Code: 1ECO429Leader: Vladimir JansonsLecturer: Vladimir Jansons, Irina Jevinga, Aleksandr

KudryavtsevModule Level: 4Credit Value: 3 CPModule length: one termNumber of hours per week: 4Pre-requisites: Knowledge of modules “Principles of Computer

Technologies”, “Business Management “Co-requisites: Specialized class of personal computers IBM PC.

SYNOPSIS

The module acquaints with peculiarities of economic systems, their application, classification and role in management of commercial activities. The module acquaints with problems of collection, storing and processing of economic information. The module gives an idea of Internet as environment of distributed information systems with heterogeneous information set-up resources.

PURPOSES

1. To teach to understand the concept of information systems, according to management functions.

2. To give knowledge of strategic nature of information systems in commercial activities.

3. Study of peculiarities of creating economic information systems and set-up principles.

4. To develop elementary work skills for independent development of data base systems.

LEARNING OUTCOMESUpon mastering the module, students are to be able:1. To state management functions, to be able to identify and classify requirements

set up for management information in commercial activities.2. To analyze and design elementary information management systems in

commercial activities.3. To evaluate the influence of information systems on commercial situations.4. To acquire skills in using Internet services and information resources.

MODULE CONTENT

Page 188: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Economic information systems, their peculiarities. Support information for operative, current, strategic management. Concepts of changes in management. Information systems as functional spheres of commercial activities. Systems of economic indications, temporary series of economic indications. Data base in simulation. The influence of information systems on commercial decisions.

TEACHING METHODSLectures and practical classes in their mutual action, where knowledge is acquired

in analyzing practical examples. Laboratory works are also made in a specialized computer class.

ASSESSMENTTotal assessment:

positive knowledge in practical classes - 20%positive knowledge in laboratory work - 40%positive knowledge in the (written) examination - 40%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Interneta rokasgrmata . R¿ga , Nordik , 1998 g.- 348 lpp. Èíôîðìàòèêà . Ó÷åáíèê . Ì., Ôèíàíñû è ñòàòèñòèêà , 1997ã. - 768 ñ.Óëüìàí Äæ. Îñíîâû ñèñòåì áàç äàííûõ . Ì., Ôèíàíñû è ñòàòèñòèêà , 1983 ã. - 324 ñ.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: Theory of Probabilities and Mathematical

StatisticsModule Code: 1ECO105Leader: Vadim Burly, dr.sc.ing.Lecturer Vadim Burly, dr.sc.ing.Module Level: 1Credit Value: 4 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 4 hr.Pre-requisites: Mathematics.Co-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course is theoretical basis of economic statistics, econometrics, methods of business. It is necessary to make justified choice of standard economic computer programs, to understand and to teach to interpret economic calculations.

Purposes

Page 189: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

To master basics of theory of probabilities.To acquaint with basic types of distribution functions.To master elements of the assessment theory.

To acquaint with methods of statistical research.To master basics of statistical verification of hypotheses.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students are to be able:

To solve the simplest tasks of the theory of probabilities.To use tables of distribution functions.To calculate parameters of distribution functions.

To determine limits of the credit interval.To find parameters of linear regression.To formulate and verify the simplest hypotheses.

Module contentBasic concepts and definitions, elements of combinatorics. Operations in probabilities. Conditional probability. The formula of total probability. Bayes’ formula. Repeated events. Random values and their distribution: binomial, normal. Chebyshev’s theorem. Sampling method. Description of sampling types. Assessment intervals. Ordinary linear regression and correlation. Statistical hypotheses. Verification of the simplest hypothesis.

Teaching methodsBasic forms of teaching organization are lectures and practical classes. The teacher has an adviser’s part in mastering theory and conduction of practical classes. During the term each student makes and presents 2 home works.

Learning outcomesUpon mastering this module, students are to be able:To solve the simplest tasks of the theory of probabilities.To use tables of distribution functions.To calculate parameters of distribution functions.To determine limits of the credit interval.To find parameters of linear regression.To formulate and verify the simplest hypotheses.

AssessmentThe total assessment of the course is formed as follows:Examination:written replies - 40%oral reply - 30%Marks for home works - 30%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Krasti¥š O. Statistika un ekonometrija.— R.: LR Centrl statistikas prvalde, 1998.-435 lpp.

Page 190: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

V¿tols J. Statistikas vispr¿g teorija. —R.: Zvaigzne, 1988.Krasti¥š O. Statistika un ekonometrija —R.: CSP., 1998. -435 lpp.Weinberg G.A., Schumaker J.A. Statistics. Brook/cole publishing company,1984.- 388

s.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title: E

conomics of EnvironmentModule Code: 1ECO324Leader: Valentina Urbane, Docent, dr. chem.Lecturer Valentina Urbane, Docent, dr. chem.Module Level: 3Credit Value: 2 CPModule length: One termNumber of hours per week: 2 hr.Pre-requisites: Business EconomicsCo-requisites: None

SynopsisThe course presents a survey of interaction of economy and environment, methods of its regulation, evaluation of the influence of economy on environment. The course studies problems related to changes in environment and rational use of natural resources. A survey of the meaning of ecological factor in development of economic systems is given.

PurposeTo master economic aspects of mutual interaction of society and nature.To analyze economic problems related to changes in environment and rational use of

natural resources.To state economic value of natural resources and services.

To study possible state and market mechanisms regulating rational use of natural resources.

Learning outcomesUpon completing the module, students:Are to know and to understand basic regulations of standard acts.

Are to be able to evaluate consequences of economic influence of business activities on environment.

Are to know types of ecological and technological risk insurance.

Module contentEconomic and environment relations: functions of environment, environment degradations; indications of environment statistics. Regulation of economic and environment relations: means, their choice, consequences of activities and their evaluation.

Page 191: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Alternatives of solutions of ecological problems. Direct measures of environment protection. Methods of calculating expenses required for environment protection, preventive measures, a survey of foreign experience.International experience and co-operation in solution of economic problems: organizations for environment protection, international treaties and conventions.

Teaching methods and meansDuring studies students get acquainted with the content of the course both in lectures, and through independent work, and practical classes, making reports, statements, calculating expenses arising in implementation of measures of environment protection, and in evaluation of damages caused to environment.

AssessmentTest:

Intermediate control - 40%2 tests - 20%Independent work - 20%Final test - 60%

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Pearce D.W., Turner R.K. Ekonomics of Natural Resources and the Enoronment. -New York, 1992.

Àêèìîâà Ò.À., Õàñêèíã Â.Â. Îñíîâû ýêîðàçâèòèÿ. -Ì.: Èçä-âî Ðîññèéñêîé ýêîíîìè÷åñêîé àêàäåìèè, 1994.

Áîáûëåâ Ñ.Í., Õîäæèåâ À.Ø. Ýêîíîìèêà ïðèðîäîïîëüçîâàíèÿ. -Ì.: ÒÅÈÑ, 1997.VasiŸjeva L. Vides ekonomikas bžt¿ba. R¿ga, 1998. RTU.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title The English LanguageModule Code 3ECO169\269Leader N. Trifanova-Bogdanova, doc.,

mag.paed.Lecturer H. Kalnina lektore, L. Bludova, lektorModule Level 1\ 2Credit Value 8 CPModule length 4 term.Number of hours per week 3, 3, 3, 3 hr.Pre-requisites noneCo-requisites none

I. Summary

Page 192: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

The Programme “The English Language” is meant for students studying economics at institutes of adult education. Nevertheless, the learners for whom our programme

was written have different educational background as well as different needs and intrests. And although our description of the target group is based upon analysis of

learners attending the 1st and 2nd coures at the institutes of adult education, it remains fairly broad.

II. The TaskIt comprises adults, whotravel abroad where the target language is or can be used as means of

communication and want to be able to communicate in the most important basic situation during a short stay there;

Want to make themselves understood in the target language at home and abroad in order to convey their own ideas and experiences to others or extend their knowledge and widen their experiences through conversation with others;

are primarily, if not exclusively, interested in oral communication;want to be able to extract at least the rudiments of important or interesting

information from written or sponen texts;want to be able to receive all kinds of information and send it back;want to be able to describe information in the branch of specialization.III. The Aim of the ProgrammeIts aim is to introduce as the formal language typical of the economics. So to teatch the students to:Understand the original literature in the sphere of economics.React to utterancesParticipate in conversationsExspress their opinionReceive a wide range of informationUse practical EnglishWrite business lettersIV. The Students:attend practical lessons;participate in semenars;work in groups and pairs;carry out individual work and home reading.As the result of studying for the period of four semesters the Students have to pass the examination.By the end of each term the students have to take tests.Besides that, the students fulfil practical works, seminars and home reading.

V. The Programme consists of:Grammer of English (level-intermediate)General English (Vocabulary-inter. and upperintermediate)Professional English (intermediate and advanced) for Students of EconomicsSpoken (every-day) English

VI. Forms of Works.Individual work. Seminars. Practical work. Group work. Independent work. Laboratory work . Home reading .Tests (examination).

Page 193: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

VII. Example Marking Grid

Argumentative Exposition (Written or Oral)Category Max

%Mark Comments

Relevance of Argument 20Logic of Argument 10Complexity of Argument 10Relevance of Supporting Evidence 10Quality of Supporting Evidence 10Structure of Exposition 10Clarity of Exposition 10Creativity 10Presentation 10

Total 100VIII. SourcesEnglish Grammar in Use by Raymond Murphy. Cambridge University Press.English for International Cooperation by N. A. Bonk.English for Students of Economics by V. E. Stogov, by Susan Norman. Riga. Peaple Today by Dean Curry. Clues to Communicating in Business by V. Agamzanova.Latvia. A Buisness and investment quide. July 1996. by The Coopers & Lybrand

organisation.English Vocabulary in Use by Stuart Redman.Side By Side by J. Molinsky & Bill Bliss.The Great Preposition Mystery by Lin Longheed.Cambridge Adwanced English by Leo Jones.Newspapers.

Titel von Modul

Alltags-und Fachdeutsch für Rechtswissenschaftlern

Code von Modul 3ECO170\270

Leiter Ludmila Panova, lektorLektor Ludmila Panova, lektorSchicht von Modul 1, 2

Kreditwert 8

Dauer von Modul 4 Semester

Stundenzahl/Woche 3 /3/3/3 St.

Anfangsforderungen Schulkenntnisse

Zusätzliche Forderungen Keine

Page 194: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

AnatationIn der Zukunft wird privater und beruflicher Erfolg immer mehr von Sprachfähigkeiten abhängen. Die Studenten sollen deshab früher und präziser als bisher auf diese mehrsprachige Wirklichkeit in Europa vorbereitet werden.Dieses Programm richtet sich an Erwachsene. Es ist vorgesehen für Studenten des 1.

und 2. Studienjahres, die in der allgemeinbildenden Mittelschule Deutsch als Fremdsprache zu lernen begonnen haben und in der Hochschule im Fachbereich:

Rechtswissenschaft, Betriebswirtschaft oder Psychologie ausgebildet werden.Der Schwerpunkt bei diesem Kurs liegt einerseits auf der allsprachigen Verwendung der Sprache, anderseits auf der berufsbezogener Sprachausbildung.

StudienzieleEntwicklung Fähigkeiten und Fertigkeiten in allen Sprachaspekten beim

Hörverstehen, beim monologischen und dialogischen Sprechen), sowie beim Lesen und Schreiben) in aktuellen Alltags-und Geschäftssituationen.

StudienergebnisseNach diesem Sprachkurs sind die Studenten imstande:einen bestimmten Wortschatz (Alltags-und Fachlexik) zu behalten und

praktisch anzuwenden;kurze Lehrtexte ohne Wörterbuch und schwierige Texte mit Hilfe von

Wörterbuch zu erarbeiten. Dabei soll Spracherfahrung, Sprachgefühle und Erraten eine groe Hilfe leisten;

nicht adaptierte Texte wie in der Muttersprache zu lesen d.h. die wichtigsten Anhaltspunkte suchen, Informationen erhalten, die Handlung verfolgen, die Meinung zum Gelesen äußern;

auf ihre Gesprächspartner inhaltlich und sprachlich, im beruflichen und privaten Verkehr wichtig zu reagieren;

ihre Meinung verständlich für andere zu äußern;Formulare auszufüllen, Privat-und Geschäftsbriefe zu schreiben, kurze

Geschäftsberichte zu verfassen.Inhalt des ModulsAlltagsdeutschthemen nach “Themen neu”. I., II. Band.Einführug in die Fachsprache.für das 1., 2. Semester: Grundlagen des deutschen Rechts nach

“Demokratie in der BRD” Bonn, 1990.fûr das 3., 4. Semester: Rechtskunde für jedermann nach L. Jung

“Fachsprache Deutsh. Rechtswissenschaft” Hüberverlag 1997.

StudienmethodenEinsprachigkeit. Neu Wörter lassen sich mit bereits erlernten

umschreiben. Groe Hilfe leisten Alltagsglossar und Fachwörterbücher.

Grammatik. Neue grammatische Formen werden im Text eingeführt und in Übungen und Dialogen gefestigt.

Wechsel der Übungsformen - ständige Übungsformwechsel.Neue Typen von Hörübungen. Text: abspielen lassen, mitlesen, einen

Abschnitt abspielen lassen, mitlesen, erarbeiten, nachsprechen,

Page 195: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

verkützen, umschreiben, W-Fragen zum Inhaltstellen, aus Leben gebundene Satzfragen stellen.

Übungen mit den Strukturen. Die werden auf die kürzeste Form gebraucht und dann wieder erweitert. Der gleiche Inhalt wird mit anderen Wörtern ausgedrückt. Fragen am Bild, W-Fragen, Fragen zum Satz, sinnvolle, ans Lebengebundene Fragen stellen.

Individuelle Arbeit. Freie Diskussion (“Sagen Sie Ihre Meinung dazu…”). Praktische Arbeit. Gruppenübungen. Selbständige Arbeit Arbeit mit audiovisuellen Mitteln. Hauslektüre. Tests (Zwischenprüfung, Prüfung).

LeistungsbewertungZwischenprüfung:Besuch von Seminaren, gute und solide selbstständige Arbeit 50%Test 50%Insgesamt 100%Prüfung:Abschlutest 30%Abschluprüfung 70%Ingesamt 100%

Literaturverzeichnis“Themen neu” Lehrwerk für Deutch als Fremdsprache “Wechselspiel” Sprechanlässe für die Partnerarbeit im kommunikativen

Deutschunterricht, Langenscheidtverlag 1997.L.Jung. “Fachsprache Deutsch Rechtswissenschaft. Lese-und Arbeitsbuch”

Hueberverlag 1997.Krawtschenko. Deutsch für Juristen. Zeusverlag 1997.Lesetexte “Deutsche Kurzkrimis zum Selberlösen”. Hueberverlag 1998.W.J.Friedrich. Rechtskunde für jedermann. Beck-Berater 1995.О.Хмелюк Институты Конституционного права. Пособие по курсу “Мир

изучаемого языка — немецкий язык”. М.: МГУ 1998.

Highest educational establishment STASyllabus Business Economics and Administrative WorkModule Title La langue françaiseModule Code 3ECO171\271Leader T. Kovalenko, lectorLecturer T. Kovalenko, lectorModule Level 1\ 2Credit Value 8 CPModule length 4 term.Number of hours per week 3, 3, 3, 3 hr.Pre-requisites noneCo-requisites none

Page 196: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

RésuméLe programme “La langue française pour les étudiants de la faculté d’économie” est

déstiné aux étudiants qui apprennent la langue française à l’Ecole Supérieure. Ce programme est composé des différentes structures éducatives pour satisfaire des

divers intérêts et besoins des étudiants. Ce programme est déstiné aux étudiants de la 1-ière et de la 2-ième années de la faculté d’économie.

Objectifs des coursFournir aux étudiants des connaissances et des savoirs-faires nécessaires:savoir comprendre des interlocuteurs et se communiquer dans les différentes situations de la vie quotidienne et professionnelle;savoir exprimer ses idées et ses impressions à son interlocuteur. Savoir soutenir la conversation;éveiller l’intérêt des étudiants à la langue française en les proposant les matériaux les plus nouveaux de la presse et de la littérature spécialisée française;savoir comprendre l’essentiel des textes lus et écoutés;être capable de percevoir l’information;savoir interpréter l’information spécialisée.Objectifs du programmeFournir des connaissances et des savoirs-faires généraux de la langue spécialisé (d’économie) pour que les étudiants puissent :comprendre la littérature originale spécialiséeperfectionner sa prononciationavoir une pratique langagièreexprimer son avispercevoir l’informationrédiger des documents et des lettres d’affairesutiliser des savoirs-faires pratiques dans son travail.4)Les étudiants :doivent fréquenter des cours pratiquesparticiper aux séminairestravailler en groupefaire un travail individuel et lire des textes spécialisésA la fin de chaque thème étudié les étudiants font des tests.A la fin de chaque sémestre les étudiants passent l’épreuve.A la fin de la 2-ième année les étudianrs passent l’examen.Le programme consiste en :la grammaire française (le niveau intermidiaire)le minimum lexical (le niveau intermidiaire et avancé)le français professionnel pour les étudiants de la faculté d’Economie (intermidiaire et avancé)la langue française parléeFormes du travail

Travail individuel. Séminaires. Travail pratique. Travail en groupe. Travail au laboratoire. Lecture des textes spécialisés. Tests.

Page 197: Social Technologies Institution of Higher · Web viewSocial Technologies Institution of Higher Education Study programm “Business Economics and Administrative Work” ACCREDITATION

Comment mesurer la competence linguistique des étudiants (échantillon)

Argumentation d’un énoncé ( écrit ou oral)Catégorie Pourcentage

au maximumN

oteRemarques

Opportunité de l’argument 20Logique de l’argumentation 10Complexité de l’argument 10Opportunité des données supplémentaires

10

Qualité des données supplémentaires

10

Structure de l’énoncé 10Clarté de l’énoncé 10Créativité 10Présentation 10Au total 100

8) Sources“Le Nouveau sans frontiºres II, III Ph. Dominique Paris, 89’“Traits d’union” R. Hester Boston, ‘88“Le français des affaires L. Kistanova, S. Chachkova, Mèícê ‘95“Cours pratique de grammaire” I.Popova, G. Kasakova, Mocêâa ‘94“Recueil de textes sur la France et la Lettonie” S.Michailova, Pèãa ‘87“Ensemble: Culture et Sociºtº” R.F. Comeau USA, 92“Les plus grandes affaires du siºcle” A.Renier Paris ‘87“Le placement des enfants” M. Anaut, Lyon ‘95“Canal Psy”“Monde”“Figaro”“Journal de Geneve et Gazette de Lausanne”“L’Express”“Le Point”“France Information”

“France Label”.